HomeMy WebLinkAbout500 Gordon St - BC02-001933 (BLUEBELL CREAMERY) (NEW COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER) DOCUMENTSPERMIT ADDRESSyOC C\can S CONTRACTOR ('
cZ s.e c c : 4 ADDRESS
PHONE
NUMBER U &-A OR-6 PROPERTY \&
ADDRESS
ra PHONE
NUMBER ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR 0.SMECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR Y PLUMBING
CONTRACTOR -T 1aL., P MISCELLANEOUS
CONTRACTOR PERMIT
NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS
CONTRACTOR PERMIT
NUMBER FEE
FEE
d
d
SUBDIVISIONS
PERMIT #
C-s " \ ( 3 DATE PERMIT
DESCRIPTION 11 Q, PERMIT
VALUATION • oZ M cs., SQUARE
FOOTAGE \ a .5 a 3
BP208I01 CITY OF SANFORD 1/17.06
Global Location Inquiry - Building Permit Applications 1 4•
Property address . . . . . . 500 GORDON ST
Parcel Number . . . . . . . . 27.19.30.504-0000-0050
Type options, press Enter.
2=Application inq 3=Structure inq 4=Permit inq 5=Inspection inq
Opt Appl Nbr Type Stat Date Tenant Nbr/Name
03 00001213 FRAL CL 2/28/03
03 00001121 FRAL CL 2/14/03
03 00000041 MECH CL 10/08/02
02 00002280 UDGS CL 9/27/02
02 00002244 FRSP CL 9/19/02
02 00002236 FSUP CL 9/19/02
02 00002103 FRSP CL 8/28/02
02 00001940 SDVP AP 8/05/02
02 00001933 NIND CO 8/01/02
02 00001294 ENGR AP 5/16/02
02 00001293 SITE AP 5/16/02
F3=Exit F12=Cancel
FEMA REC'd
SLAB REC'd
INSPECTOR Q O
REQUEST FOR'FJNAL INSPECTION
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION
NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING****
DATEJ'"
PERMIT #
ADDRESS -,%O -rc\o4n
PROJECT
io
qo
jlv c) J9
The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a
Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate
a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department
would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the
contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a
conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Engineeri
Public Works Zoninq
Utilities - Licensing
Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional)
FEMA REC'd
SLAB REC'd
INSPECTOR
REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION
NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING****
DATE- 3 -C J
PERMIT #_C c)
ADDRESS
PROJECT Q S\v
CONTRACTOR-,Cgc;-NIC-r,ccty -fir- Q&D 4•
The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and aCertificateofOccupancyfortheabovereferencedaddress. We would appreciate
a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department
would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the
contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a
conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Engineering Fire
Public Works- '?" Tldlls 3.5 03
Zoni
Utilities
Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional)
FEMA REC'd
SLAB REC'd
INSPECTOR
REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION
NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING****
DATE
r 3 -C-?)
PERMIT # 0 a - \' J
ADDRESS
PROJECT
CONTRACTOR g-' Q
The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a
Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate
a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department
would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the
contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a
conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Engineering Fire
Public Works
r% c 1u7
Utilities o 7-J Licensing
Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional)
FEMA REC'd
SLAB REC'd
INSPECTOR
REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION
NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING****
DATE'" 3 -C-J
PERMIT #C)c) -
ADDRESS_-
C
PROJECT Q S\
The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a
Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate
a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department
would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the
contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a
conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Engineerin
Public Works
Utilities
Conditions: (to be completed only it approval is conditional)
Fi
censi
3 /-s/cam
FEMA REC'd
SLAB REC'd
INSPECTOR
REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION
NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING****
DATED^ 3 C 2-S
PERMIT #_0
ADDRESS
C
PROJECT
CONTRACTOR-,z;,&a`- -,
r-,,c-\ •
The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a
Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate
a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department
would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the
contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a
conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Engineering Fire
Public Works Zoning
Utilities Licensing
Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional)
2
FEMA REC'd
SLAB REC'd
INSPECTOR
REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION
NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING""*"
DATE- 3 'C-J
PERMIT #C
ADDRESS_ ,\
PROJECT C)
C0NTRACTOR c;y
The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a
Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate
a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department
would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the
contractor will need to address, please submit a statement.for denial of C.O. or a
conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Engineering Fire
Public Works -_ -.:., ..• •• Zoni
Utilities Licensinq
Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional)_ A/•,
L
T T T XT r D
S U R V E Y I N G
29 April 2003
City of Sanford Building Department
300 North Park Avenue
Sanford, Florida 32771
Re: Lot 5, GORDON SUBDIVISION
To Whom It May Concern:
This is to certify that the finished floor elevation of the new building
constructed at the above site meets or exceeds the requirements of Section 6-
7 of the City of Sanford Building Code.
Should you have any questions or need additional information, please do not
hesitate to call.
Sincerely,
P. ' - ((- '
R. Blair Kitner
P.S.M. No. 3382
62-1933
P.O. BOX 823 0 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772-0823 0 [4071 322.2000
FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENTAGENCY
NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM
O.M.B. No. 3067-0077
Expires July 31, 2002
ELEVATION CERTIFICATE
SECTION A - PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION I For ihaumrce Cor Psy use: I
BLUE BELL CREAMERIES
BUILDING STREET ADDRESS (brdudiig Apt, UnIL Suite, ardor Bldg. No.) OR P.O. ROUTE AND BOX NO. Company NAIC Number
Gordon Streett
CITY STATE ZIP CODE
Sanford FL 32771
Lot 5, GORDON SUBDIVISION, Plat Book 56, Pages 47 and 48, Pubic Records of Seminole County, Florida
BUILDING USE (e.g., Resift mtial, Non-residential, Addibon, Accessory, etc. Use a Comments area, if necessary.)
NON-RESIDENTIAL
LATIIUDE&ONGITUDE (OPTIONAL) HORIZONTAL DATUM: SOURCE: GPS (Type):
W-W-1q .W or ;rltthtr #00) NAD 1927 NAD 1983 USGSQued Map Other.
SECTION B - FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) INFORMATION
B1. NFIP 0010vtt1NITY MANE & COMWNITY NUMBER B2. COUNTY MANE B3. STATE
CRY ofSwW 120294 Sernihole I R
B4. MW AND PANEL B5. SUFFD( B7. FIRM PANEL B9. BASE ROOD ELEVATION(S)
NUMBER B6. FIRM INDD( DATE EFFECT FEED DATE B8. ROOD ZONE(S) 9bneAO, usedq* ofioodrrg)
12117ODD45 E APRL 1995 APRIL 1995 • X NA
810. Indicate the source of the Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data or base flood depth entered in 89.
RS Prdb ® FIRM Community Determined Olher(Descrbe7
811. Indicate the elevation datum used for the BFE in BR ® NGVD 1929 NAVD 19M Other (Descrbe}
B12 Is the building boated it a Coastal Barrier Resources System (CBRS) area or Otherwise Protected Area (OPA)? Yes ® No Designation Dais
SECTION C - BUILDING ELEVATION INFORMATION (SURVEY REQUIRED)
C1. Building alevalions are based on: Construction Drawings• Building Under Cor>sbuction' ® Fnished Construction
A new Elevation Certilr ob veil be required when oon*udDn oft o building 's complete.
C2. Building Diagram Number 1(Select the building diagram most similar b the buldng forwhich this oerfificade's being completed - see pages 6 and 7. If no diagram
aocuraiely represents ft building, provide a sketch or ox*)graph.)
C3. Elevations —Zones A1-A30, AE, AH, A (wih BFE), VE, V1 V30, V (wih BFE), AR ARIA, AR/AE, AR/AIA30, ARIAH, AR/AO
Complete Items C3.a4 below a>oordng to the building diagram speci'ied'n Item C2 State the datum used. If the datum is drarent from the datum used forte BFE in
Section B, eonveit the datum b that used forte BFE Show field measurements and datum conversion calculation. Use the space provided or the Comments area of
Section D or Section G, as appropriate, to document the datum conversion.
Datum NGVD29 ConversbMComments
Elevation reference mark used Does the elevation reference mark used appearon the FIRM? [:]Yes ®No
0 a) Top dbotbmlbor('ndudngbasementorendosure) 35. X(M)
O b) Top of ne)d higherlbor
O c) Botbm of lowest hormontal structural member (V zones only)
NA . 8(m)
tt(m)
O d) Attached garage (bp of dab)
0 e) Lowest elevation of machnmy andbrequpment
smvicing the buldigg (Desorbe in a Comments area)
O t) Lowest adaoent (finshed) grade (LAG) 31.6 ft(m) z
0 g) Highest ad1acent (finished) grade (RAG) 32 1 ft(m)
0 h) No. of pernwent openings (flood vents) within 1 I above adaoent grade NA
O ) Total area of ail permanent openings (flood vents) in C3.h NA sq. in. (sq. cm)
r
SECTION D - SURVEYOR, ENGINEER, ORARCHITECTCERTIFICA71ON
This certification is to be signed and sealed by a land surveyor, engineer, or architect authorized by law to certify elevation information.
1 certify that the information in Sections A, B, and C on this certificate represents my best efforts to interpret the data available.
1 understand that any false statement may be punishable by fine or imprisonment under 18 U. S. Code, Section 1001.
CERTIFIERS NAME R BLAIR KITNER LICENSE NUMBER P.S.M. 3382
TITLEPRESIDENT COMPANY NAME KITNER SURVEYING, INC.
ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIPCODE
2597 S. SANFORDAVENUE SANFORD FL 32773
Orr.*
CITY OF SANFORD PERNUT APPLICATION R-, VA-Z,
Permit No.: (J C
Job Address: 91
Permit Type:
Description of Work:
ZZ$a
i rr
Bui ding Electrical Mechanical
APr1-n00 I /Z—) Z-1
Plumbing_ _Fire Alarm/Sprinkler,
Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits
Electrical: —Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS )
Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional)
Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines
Occupancy Type: _Residential _Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: Value of Work: s 3 1 C U
Type of Construction: Flood Zone: Number of Stories: Number of Dwelling Units: en -,
Contact Person: CUVI- Phone &Fax
Title Holder (If other than Owner):
Address:
Bonding Company:
Address:
Mortgage Lender:
Address:
Architect/Engineer
Address:
Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description)
d
r A
its
Phone No.:
Fax No.:
Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has
commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating constructioninthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS,
POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc.
OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with
all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF
COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU
INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOURNOTICEOFCOMMENCEMENT.
NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoundinthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as
water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies.
Acceptance of permit is verification that 1 will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713.
DL 9 1 1 O I Z .. Q ZSignatureOwner/Ager il Dale-, Signature of Contr dor/agent IDate
I
ap,
wo ChWene Lopez
4 - My Commission DDI00753
Nh,j Expires March 17 2006
Owner/Agent is_
Produced ID
PI2,
Personally Known to Me or
Agent's
N
Charlene Lopes
My Commission DDIW763
p Expires March 17 2W6
LQ
Date
Contractor/Agent is Personally Known to Me or
Produced ID
APPLICATION APPROVED BY: Date: 9-a4 - 7-
Spacial Conditions:
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
i
F DI
Plans Review Sheet
Date: September 19, 2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon Street Occ. Ch. 42
Business Name: Blue Belle Creameries Ph. ()
Contractor: K.C. Petroleum Ph. ( 407) 399-4630
Fax. (407) 469-2994
Reviewed 1 Reviewed with comment [XI Rejected i ]
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector
Comment: Instillation on one(]) 10, 000 gallon diesel tank (underground)
1.1 Application — The Sanford Fire Department will require the following items to be field
verified prior to CIO.
1.2 Fuel Dispensers: Shear Valves
1.3 Main Shut Off: Function Test with fuel dispensing
1.4 Fuel Dispensers: Verify Ballard's in front of all fuel dispensers
1.5 Fire Protection: One (1) 201b "Purple " Kfire extinguisher required inside cabinet at Fuel Island.
1
Licensing Portal - Licensee Details Page 1 of 1
J Public Services
Search for a Licensee
Apply for a License
View Application Status
Apply to Retake Exam
Find Exam Information
File a Complaint
AB&T Delinquent Invoice
Activity List Search
User Services
Renew a License
Change License Status
Maintain Account
Change My Address
View Messages
Change My PIN
View Continuing Ed
w.
DBPR Home I Online Services Home 1 Help 1 Site Map
Licensee Details
Licensee Information
Name:
Address:
License Information
License Type:
Rank:
License Number:
Status:
Licensure Date:
Expires:
12.20:16 PI
FIELDS, GRETHEL CLAYTON (Primary Name)
K C PETROLEUM INC (Alternate Name)
422 COPELAND ST
P O BOX 60742
JACKSONVILLE, Florida 32236
Certified Pollutant Storage Contractor
Cert Pollutant
PCC047153
Current, Active
08/31/2004
View Related License Information
View License Complaint
1®! Term Glossary
Online Help
I Terms of Use I I Privacy Statement I
https://www.myfloridalicense.comllicensing/w113.jspjsessionid=ENLHLBBFDAGFkKj9f-y 9/27/2002
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677
DATE: n ,
PERMIT #:
v2v v
BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT:
ADDRESS: t-
PHONE NO. —`1 —Z0 FAX NO.(46-7
CONST. INSP. [ ] C / 0 INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW
F. A. [ 1 F.S. [ ] HOOD [ J PAINT BOOTH [ J BURN PE MIT [ ]
TENT PERMIT ] TANK PERMIT OTHER
TOTAL FEES: S t ( (PER UNIT SEE BELOW)
Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit
1.
2,
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
l 1.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407-
330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take
place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I
will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances
of the City of Sanford, Florida.
4t
Sanford Fire Prev e on Division Appli is Signatur
09/24/2002 16:19 NO. 795 P02
0.%: In V%X 4078751916' BRASFIELD to 00 1
Tax Folio #
NAME it IJO e
N01.;U--' OF COMMENCEMENT Vj)R.
kve of FW;-1G-A • Ff- s3 )--7 j7
THE UNDERSIGNED bere!--v 9.Wch notice that 1mpzovcrncntwiU be node to certain zeal
W accurdancc %%ith Ch"p!.r '13, Florida Statutes, the following informatior. is
pr;:vidle J In Oils Not of cormnCILCIII-Tol.
l3v>c;l) rtp11 of Properry:-AF-0-0., ..6C1tLA0e1J sr-- rnpy
Ir-L- 77--r2g
G ev i c uij des c ripav no -C IUW-SM25,1710-2 13.
goo rr-1)
o. \:
one & Acldres5: 5LV* 13f-LA, (A&A—A-A-tC-54 L.op 101 -':)
v Zy btw-rp4l. imar 7-j( 77e74 7 In%
rest In Property: i):-
w &- Addre-5s of fec sinq-J, Lidcholdcr (other than owner); V14
Name &
Addrt5::., 0-4 D'Ift-P 4OU -.
111VOULAY A4C.6 'S70. ZVO o%4 A 41v 0 Z 7 T-46J -
f7 -111C, ilh; ine number: W-61kc r4io ---- -.b. Faxnumbcr 07 F 4
Nn,-kir &,Acldress: Fax
numbcr-- 6. -
ArytJum of Bond: S—,.— Nanid
Add-w%sl- n.
Pi-w-ne b. Fax numbev— Pcr;
an \N-Ahiri the Stute of Fk)L:id:l ij-,16mited by owner upon whom notices or other Florida
mu.. h;., seryeel as 1-.i-.-.J by 713.13 (1) (a) 7, 1 Statues: C-Ailf- -
rW41LoP61 N1--.:-
ie&AJdz!-ss- 1977*-:- o- -44
111,,jac
numbcv--... c. Fax number. In iC'
Jju-Dn to himself, clu-net bzoi= - -Fi6v-
121L.u1ii SectionTO ncb.
Fax number: V.,:i
Jaw of Notice of GrjMT)1U1CCMtMt (the expiration date is tine (1) yc&r Erom, the difior,!jt-
A -.Ice's spec'Eied): R"*W
MORSE, CLERK OF CIRCUIT COURT Vi SE141NOLE
COUNTY efote ine
PIA 04.478 PG 18559 to -L;
bsue_;, b 11 if: -7
CLERKIIS 0 2002918472 RECORDED 04/
011MR 01MA3 PP WORD IND
FEES 6.00 ftv.PYMycorcwwssionexpircs:1115CORDO BY A Nolderl JUM A.
JALONEM EXPIRES- Deceftg127.
2ws
POWER OF ATTORNEY
DATk;
I HEREBY NAME AND APPOINT Ab;jf L)
OFw a"Inly, TO BE MY LAWFUL ATTOaEY IN FACt
TO ACT FORME AND APPLY TO THE 01'
BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR A
PERMIT FOR WORK TO BE PERFORMED AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED
AS:
OWNER: Pt l I G rce"iv
AND TO SIGN MY NAME AND DO ALL THINGS NECESSARY TO THIS
APPOMM(ENT
wim
NAME
SIGNATURE OF CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR
THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT WAS ACKNOWLEDGE BEF RE ME THIS
D DAY OFAaL_By
WSQJ.S PERLLY ]KNOWN TO ME.
TE OF FLORIDA
PRINTED NAME OF NOTARY
COMMISSION EXPIRES
4 % GEGRGE FEANANDEZ
aw MY COMMISSION I swam
ltw K% LXPi 02w4m
1-gW3•NOTARY Fix .Now, Sen(co k Booyp CO
CITY OF SANFORD PERAUT APPLICATION
Permit No.: 4,119 Date:
Job Address: 500 Gordon Street Sanford Florida
Permit Type: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing x Fire Alarm/Sprinkler
Description of Work: Inside fire sprinkler system
Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits
Electrical: _Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS )
Plum bing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional)
Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines
Occupancy Type: _Residential XCommercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: 12 , 6 0 0 Value of Work: s 2 0, 7 0 8. 0 0
Type of Construction: Meta Flood Zone: Number of Stories: 1 Number of Dwelling Units: 1
Parcel No.: 2 7 -19 - 3 0- 5 0 4- 0 0 0 0- 0 0 5 0 _ (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description)
Owner/Address/Phone: Blue Bell Creameries LP 1101 South Horton Street
B h m TX 7 34-1 0
Contractor/Address/Phone: Southern Fire Proteciton 3801 East State Road 46, Sanford
Robert H. Cal_dwell, Jr. State License Number: _74072300011990
Contact Person:_ Tiffany Kirk -Phone& FaxNumber:407-323-4200, Fax 328-8931
Title Holder (If other than Owner): N/A
Address: -
Bonding Company: N/A
Address:
Mortgage Lender:
Address:
Architect/Engineer N/A
Address:
Phone No.:
Fax No.:
Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has
commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating constructioninthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS,
POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc.
OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with
all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF
COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU
INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOURNOTICEOFCOMMENCEMENT.
NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoundinthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as
water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies.
Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713.
Signature of Owner/Agent
Print Owner/Agent's Name
Date
Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date
Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or
Produced ID
APPLICATION APPROVED BY: ,&<
i_ 2lo"/O,Lf13
ignature o C c or/Age Date
Robert H. Calawell, Jr
Print Contractor/Agent's Name -"
a4.9 § .r,z ay7 L...Qi%yrt_ I — 3 e-0 o2
Signature of Notary -State of Florida"'.` Date
CAROL ANNE MURCHISON
Notary Public, Stale of Florida
My Comm. exp. July 11, 2005
Comm. No. DD-037233_ Contractor/Agent is X Personally Known to Me or
Produced ID
Date: V le. - L
Special Conditions:
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
Plans Review Sheet
F D
Date: September 17,2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon St. Occ. Ch. #42,storage
Business Name: Blue Belle Ph. ()
Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200
FAx.(407) 328-8931
Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ x ] Rejected [ 1
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner
Comment: Instillation offire sprinkler system ( $20, 708)
1.1 Application — Ordinary Hazard Group I > Density .1511500
1.2 N.F.P.A #231 specific ruling .325/200
1.3 Dairy workroom "Ordinary hazard" type #1
1.4 Loading dock "Ordinary Hazard " type #2
Thirty —nine (39) heads recessed %2 " chrome 155 degrees Rasco K=5.62
Nine -teen (19) up right % " Brass 165 degrees Rasco "G " K=5.62
Underground Fire line (four 8" inch C-900) requires an 8 min. flush
All fire sprinkler valves shall be equipped with tamper switches (except inspectors
test valve)
48 hour notice required prior to all inspections
0
7
BUSINESS!.--.
ADDRESS
MAILING ,
ADDRESS.:
STATE OF nOREDA-
OFFICE OF TREASURER
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE
TALLAHASSEE , FLORIDA
STATEFIRE MARSHAL RTMCATE
OF COMPETENCY THIS
CERTIFIES THAT: ROBERT H CALDWEL-L JIL 3801
EAST STATE RD 46 SANFORD,
FL 32771- BUSINESS
ORGANIZATION: SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO INC jLrry. EXPERIENCE, KNOWLEDGE, SCIENCE. AND SKILL EXECUTION
OF CONTRACTS REQUIRING THE AB TYPES OF FM PROTECTION SYSTEMS, CONTRACTORIINCLUDESITIEFABRICATE, INSTAL,. INSPECT, ALTER, REPAIR. OR SERVICE ALL TO
INTELLIGENTLY LAYOUT' EXCLUDING
PRE-ENGINEERED SYSTEMS. On7
OL112002 07 15 Seminole ClasslCoun, 74072300011990
Licalw1permit
Number Treasurer
Laurance
Commissioner Fire
Marshal 1073580002 '
250-00 06 30 2004 F..
Expire Date Application
a T.,. 4, yp•
Sept. zjvj 4vvc- COUNTY
OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE 3465 SEMINOLE #:1 05
STATE
OF FLORIDA Account
TAX
COLLECTOR RAYVALDESLICENSE TO ENGAGE IN BUSINESS, PROFESSION
OR OCCUPATION SPECIFIED BELOW. ALARM
INSTALLATIONS(73) fRE:"-
PROTEC .'-.140723000290/190 SOUTHERN-:-F TION OF ORL. State Lic-4 6'
3801SR4SANFORI)
i FL..--32 7 L ,
E 0 NA'RD M HOLLIS (PRE- SOUTHERN
FIRE' 'PROTECT PRqT.ECTION'-OF ORL INC 3301
SR 4 - 6.1" SANFORD?
OLH82001032301834
82.00 AmountPaid: 037284
MV,V,VYLVP 1-ee5 r.nciva r-coc
taut-06-69 03:5S PM P.65
Taw ft,G., #_ I H16 INJI NUMt:N I r1ri fti u, ei.
NAME [r, !kA e
iNOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT AApk. Qpp „
l tttnityJ t(_Ewti t7 _._ - -----•- - -. 1
T 4E UNDERSIGNED hcrchy gives ntoticr thaw urlprt,vcnlrnt will be Inadr it, cL•I10iP1 t,-al
pP p, l V. and oil accolLinncc with t •haptcr 713. I imd'P SIGIONF, the ftolltrwing tnfurmatIL.n is
pr.wnl J in Phi, VuRt•r t,f c411711)1CM'tmt•Ht.
I. 1)jiroiprinn t,f l,r,.ipcny $r-_.._. ...-•---------- -- -----..-... .
3. c:i•,r.•Pal dcFcnptltrn of impru cmrut. E Ott ,fin. p s o,,,oN_F/vT1F/t ......_ __
1 t>ivtoer ltl[tolPtt tio,n:
a. I Narnr & Addrer-t<: t.t E QEI.t._-4 _6 i,__o__ . _... -. • -- ..
l o / Jov7i/^ 7oK etc v_rr!_vl' r X _7Zd.7¢
I.. InPLoca In I'ruperry:
Nome t5c .Wt1rcoi; ni ice iar,ple udclProldvr kuthct thin o,wncr):
4 t ;D int rwom's N;tme & Addrea.:404tp-r-1--
I
a. 1'lionc mPPnl,er:- t21-Aio_ jotQ _-__ _I, I ax numbeu #OltA07r.11 Z & -__-
5. Cu cty lnftorlllatitm-
a Namr & Address YE-- _ _ .. ..._.. _-- _ _-- _ •-aalltll <t Coll
MARIAWK MORM
L Thine nunlbcr._. __--•-_-- ....... ...C. FAX numl,ct•:_--- ` -• CLEh% %F i11C:14- MUER
d. Amount r,f Ruin: I__ _..__......... ..---_--•---._- _-- Mt11E,_CO KTY. ttJ>ItIOA
G. Ix PAi's Namr & Address. - . - -- - _-_-- _ -••
a ! Phone nto„lher:_ • --- _~ -_ Ir. I ax number-
7 Pe soon withiol tic ImAte %J Flot-14 Jc>11gDA-6d by uwI cr Upull w1u,n, 1101kk•Of uthet
a
otNamt & Address:
t.Ll as l+ruviLlcLl +71 1'3 (1) ) 7 ,rida `ttPL•
tE
b. ( 1'htonc ntornher: _" L Fax numlmr:__-
4. In u.lahrum n, hiPrlPPcif, (tw,lew JCgiWIa(cs___..
Ito rL•cr•ivr a LOpy t,f the hvitur's Nunct• :tP hu.vtticol Pn `crnun
711.1.1 I) (b), J1unda Stitt ic,
3. Phone number:—_ -. _ Ir. laxrnmther:_-_._....__ _._.._.
9. I{a otr-,inn date of Numc to[Cironmencconrnt (rhr rxlnmon date is tone (1) year from IN
Lla v of tecutd,nR unhs, a di[fcrcnt Llote t spcctC,ed)IN»t N1A 1 A w I IJI1M:Af
iKnanIry 44 owner)-_
1MI1><A W NORM, CLE11t tF CIRCUIT CWNTS7ZJItrS =HOLE MUTT
5w„rn t ottl sulre bcf,tc Inc 8K 04478 PS 1859
rlt•- 3 __ thy n(. _ . 2n p? CLERK'S N 800291 A• 72
Ai PXD 06191few atlNl43 pN
AEDOA011e FEE1 E.00
Knnwrt crs nnlly/113. Shr vn My %;cmmox%i,m expirr.s A6CM /r N Noidpll
Pdy coetwlselotv i opa n r6
t :t tRE9. 4rwhplr V. pm
sO'-h'Y rtacuww
Nntws o.ri'..o.,roruL.mrF%L.docC: N1)UCUME-I %Ldeo,%\1.UP:Al ti-t vreml,\N,.tter ofCommnnrronrnt dot
CITY OF SANFORD
LICENSE DEPARTMENT ,
P.O. BOX 1788
SANFORD, FL 32772-1788
ISSUANCE OF LICENSE DOES NOT IMPLY THAT LICENSEE/PREMISES IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
CODES. TO AVOID LATE FEES, THIS LICENSE MUST BE RENEWED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
U 1 I v l S Gyo - is" CT',_ N :°#
Y. 1 °I
1 J .. '
h 1,m • ..d yV.f 1"_' 4 Aij '. 1 ' '{. i I 1 I _. i: ' A Y i .. ':,,
a jai ". •Ii.:'"(h' l_. >p ''{. ti.ALMt'1 f„«. . .
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
HONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677
DATE: PE RM IT #: V
07'22`i
BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: S
ADDRESS:
PHONE NO.: 3`6000 FAX NO.:_O % T/
CONST. INSP. [ ] C / O INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW [ ]
F. A. [ ] F.S. /
kHOOD
PAINT BOOTH [ ] BURN PERMITTENTPERMIT ]RMIT [ ] OTHER [ ]
ATOTALFEES: $
0 (
PB> UNIT SEE BELO,V j)
i
COMMENTS:
Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407-
330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take
place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I
will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances
of the City of Sanford, Florida.
Sanford Pire Preven ' n Division Applicant's Sig at e
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
Plans Review Sheet
I
F D I
Date: September 17,2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon St. Occ. Ch. #42,storage
Business Name: Blue Belle Ph. ( )
Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200
FAx.(407) 328-8931
Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ x l Rejected [
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner
Comment: Instillation offire sprinkler system ( $20, 708)
1.1 Application — Ordinary Hazard Group I > Density .1511500
1.2 N.F.P.A #231 specific ruling .325/200
1.3 Dairy workroom "Ordinary hazard" type #1
1.4 Loading dock "Ordinary Hazard " type #2
Thirty —nine (39) heads recessed Y2 " chrome 155 degrees Rasco K=5.62
Nine -teen (19) up right % " Brass 165 degrees Rasco "G " K=5.62
Underground Fire line (four 8" inch C-900) requires an 8 min. flush '
All fire sprinkler valves shall be equipped with tamper switches (except inspectors
test valve)
48 hour notice required prior to all inspections
1
n
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
Plans Review Sheet
i
F D,
Date: September 17,2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon St. Occ. Ch. #42,storage
Business Name: Blue Belle Ph. () 11
Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200
FAx.(407) 328-8931
Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ X ] Rejected [] i
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner
Comment: Instillation offire sprinkler system *($20, 708)
1.1 Application — Ordinary Hazard Group I > Density .1511500
1.2 N.F.P.A #231 specific ruling .3251200
1.3 Dairy workroom "Ordinary hazard" type #1
1.4 Loading dock "Ordinary Hazard " type #2
Thirty —nine (39) heads recessed % " chrome 155 degrees Rasco K=5.62
Nine -teen (19) up right % " Brass 165 degrees Rasco "G " K=5.62
Underp-round Fire line (four 8" inch C-900) requires an 8 min. flush
All fire sprinkler valves shall be equipped with tamper switches (exceptinspectors
test valve)
1
48 hour notice required prior to all inspections
FIRE: PRO-IE:C-TIChi BY C0MP%LJ7E:R IDaSION
t
X- -x- -X- -K- -X- -x- -X- -W -X- -*- -X- -X- --W qc- it- 4(- -]* ll- 4*- -m- -X- -X- -X- -x- -K- -x- ->E- -W -X- -m-
l-[YDPN=k-rE:C, it\IC- -X-
R'Tc- III wilUDHAM Nil OZOa7
Oa;-4,34-OEiOa
X- -K- -yll- -X- -x- -X- -X- -x- -W -X- -w- -x- as art -x- -W 4(- AIF it- 4c- 4*- 41- -X- --X- -X
I: I ,
P .
r.
CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC.
NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES
LOCATION 500 GORDON STEET SANFORD, FLORIDA
SYSTEM NO. ZERO STIOR
CONTRACT NO. 220239
HYDRATEC, INC.
RTE 111 WINDHAM NH 03087
603--434-0502
HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET _
NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES DATE 8-29-02
LOCATION) 500 GORDON STEET SONFORO, FLORIDA
BUILDING SYSTEM NO. ZERO STOR
CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC. CONTRACT NO. 22039
CALCULATED BY LM DRAWING NO. E OF 2
CONSTRUCTION:( )COMBUSTIBLE (X)NON—COMBUSTIBLE CEILING HEIGHT EXPS
OCCUPANCY SUB —ZERO STORAGE CLASS II 18FT STORAGE
NFPA 13 t ) LT. HAZ ORD. HAZ. GP. ( ) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) ( ) EX. HAZ. — —
Y ! ( ) NFPA 231 (X) NFPA 231 C F I GURE7-4. 2. 2. 1. 1 CURVE (b) "E"
S ! ( ) OTHER APPLY 7-4. 2. 2. 1. 3 85% _ . 276/DRY SYSTEM 30 INCREASE 2600 SQ. FT
T !(X)SPECIFIC RULING .325/2000 MADE BY N.F.P.A. DATE 1999
E
M !AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION 2600 SYSTEM TYPE
DENSITY— GPM .276 ( )WET( )DRY( )DELUGE(X)PREACTION
D !AREA PER, SPRINKLER 85.02 SPRINKLER OR NOZZLE
E !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM —INSIDE 0 MANE RASCO MODEL G
S !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM —OUTSIDE 500 SIZE 17/32 K-•FACTOR 8.2
I !RACK SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE 0 TEMPERATURE RATING 286
G
N '
CALCULATION ! GPM REQUIRED 301.19 PSI .REQUIRED 36.99 AT BASE OF RISER
SUMMARY ! C FACTOR USED: OVERHEAD 100 UNDERGROUND 150
W !WATER FLOW TEST ! PUMP DATA ! TANK OR RESERVOIR— —
A !DATE OF TEST MAY 2002 ! RATED CAP 0 ' CAP. 0
T !TIME OF TEST AM ! AT PSI 0 ! ELEV. 0
E !STATIC (PSI) 78 ! ELEV k '
R !RESIDUAL (PSI) 58 ! ' WELL
FLOW ( GPM) 12k 5 ' ' PROOF FLOW GPM 0
S !ELEVATION 2.5
U---------------------------------
P '
P !LOCATION :HYDRANT ON CITY WATER MAIN
L !SOURCE OF INFORMATION :SANFOR,D FIRE PREVENTION)
Y !
COMMODITY ICE CREAM CLASS II LOCATION — — —
C !STORAGE HT. 18FT AREA AISLE WIDTH 8FT
0 !STORAGE METHOD:SOLID PILED A PALLETIZED RACK V.
M-----
M ! ! ( )SINGLE ROW ( ) CONVEN. PALLET ( ) AUTO. STORAGE -_--- ( ) ENCAP. _--
R ! ( )DOUBLE ROW ( )SLAVE PALLET ( )SOLID SHELVING ( )NON—ENCAP.
S ! A ! ( )MULTIPLE ROW ( ) OPEN SHELVING
T' G '------------------------------- ---- ----- __ ... — ------ -- - ---- —--------
0 ! K ! FLUE SPACING: CLEARANCE:STORAGE TO CEILING
R ! ! LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE
A__—
G ! ! HORIZONTAL BARRIERS PROVIDED:
E ! !
UNITS — DIAMETER (INCH) LENGTH (F00T) FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE (PSI)
is i= it.-i;••i%•ii##•Y•#yi=i.•ie###i%r.•xii•iF h•f•i:u r •; •ic i%••#t•#i=i: i:•#ii•ic ii•#•;: is is #r.•##•#•ki=ii•#iF }iF r. i?ici't##i#r. ###iE iF##riE r
1 J?E= o ° F?a 1 E=G E 101\1---12 i' L0i+sF-°fli.—'r—FE_ R D — S=J 1 01`4
i ,txxjt i xxaixa at HYDRATEC, INC. kx i ex#*aik
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 1
STORAGE DESIGN
HYDRLC. QA DIP. CQUIV. PIPE PT PT
REF. FLOW C" FITTING FIGS. PE PV ;**** NOTES
POINT QT LOSS/F LENGTHS TOT. PF PN
25.25 C=100 6.00 9.49 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 9.49
9 2.157 0.000.00 K= 8.200 V 2.22
25.25 0.0083 6.00 0.05
25.33 C=100 7.00 9.54 K= 8.200 P= 9.54
b 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.44
50.58 0.0303 7.00 0.21
25.60 C=100 7.00 9.75 K= 8.200 P= 9.75
7 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.69
76.18 0.0646 7.00 0.45
26. 19 C=100 1. 83 i 0.20 K= 8.200 P= 10.20
6 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.98
102.37 0.1117 8.9E 1.00
102.37 11.20 CS 1
41
25.28 C=100 6.00 9.50 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 9.5
18 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.22
25.28 0.0084 6.00 0.05
25.35 C=100 7.00 9.56 K= 8.200 P= 9.56
17 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.44
50.63 0.0303 7.00 0.21
25.63 C=100 7.00 9.77 K= 8.200 P= 9.77
16 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.69
76.26 0.0647 7.00 0.45
26.21 0100 1.83 10.22 K= 8.200 P= 10.22
15 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.99
102.47 0.1119 8.96 1.00
102.47 11.22 CS 2
27. 47 C=100 8.17 11.22 Q=K*SQR (P) : P= 11.22
25 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 3.200 V 2.41
27.47 0.0097 8.17 0.08
27.56 C=100 8.17 11.30 K= 8.200 P= 11.30
24 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.83
55.03 0.0354 8.17 0.21)
27.92 0100 3.00 11.59 K= 8.200 P= 11 . 59
23 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCIT`( = 7.28
82.25 0.0756 i 0. 13 0.77
i-rx.:•xxxk c HYDRATEC, INC.raa i
JOB- BLUE SELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-0E PAGE E
tt•***********************STORAGE DESIGN
HYDRLC. QA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT
REF. FLOW DIA. FITTING FTGS. PE PV ***** NOTES
POINT QT LOSSIF LENGTHS TOT. PF PN
82.95 12.36 CS 3
43
S9.13 C=100 8.17 12.62 Q=K*SQRCP): P= 12.62
i f 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.56
29.13 0.0109 8.17 0.09
C9. S4 C=100 3.00 12.71 K= 8.200 P= 12.71
30 E.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 5.12
58.37 0.0395 10.13 0.40
58.37 13.11 CS 4
44
23.49 C=100 6.00 8.21 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.E1
10 2. 15 7 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.06
23.49 0.0073 6.00 0.04
23. 55 C=100 7.00 8.25 K= 8.200 :00 P= 8.25
11 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.13
47.04 0.0E65 7.00 0.19
23. 82 C=100 7.00 8.44 K= 8.200 P= 8.44
12 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.22
70.86 0.0565 7.00 0.40
4. 37 C=100 7.00 8.83 K= 8.200 P= 8.83
13 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.36
95.23 0.0977 7.00 0.68
25.30 C=100 4.17 9.52 K= 8.200 P= 9.5E
14 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 10.58
120.53 0.1511 11.30 1.71
10C. 47 C=100 1.00 i 1. CC QA= 102. 47PT= 11.22
42 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 19.57
223.00 0.4716 8.13 83
223. 15.06 CS `_
52
25. 95 C=100 8.17 10.01 Q=K*SQR (P) : P= 10.01
19 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.28
25.95 0.0088 8.17 0.07
26. 04 C=100 8.17 10.09 K= 8.200 P= 10. 09
20 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.56
51.99 0.0318 8.17 ME
I HYDRATEC, INC.xa i*,a t
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 3
STORAGE DESIGN
HYDRLC. QA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT
REF. FLOW DIM FITTING FIGS. PE PV * + NOTES #* t
POINT QT LOSSJF LENGTHS TOT. PF PN
26.38 C=100 8.17 10.35 K= 8.200 P= 10.35
21 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.88
78.377 0.0681 8.17 0.56
7. 08 C=100 5.17 10.90 K= 8.200 P= 10.90
22 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 9.25
105.45 0.1180 12.30 1.45
85.94 C=100 1.00 15.36 QA= 8E.94PT= 1E.36
43 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 16.53
188.39 0.34,`- 8. 1,3 2.81
186.39 15.16 CS 6
53
06.74 C=100 8.17 10.64 D.=K*SQR(P) : P= 10.64
E6 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V = E.35
26.74 0.0093 8.17 0.08
26. 84 C=100 8.17 10.71 K= 8.200 P= 10.71
E7 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.7
53.58 0.0337 8.17 0.28
27.18 C=100 8.17 10.99 K= 8.200 P= 10.99
28 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.09
80.76 0.0780 8.17 0.59
27.90 C=100 5.17 11.58 K= 8.200 P= 11.58
29 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 9.54
103.66 0.1247 12.30 1.53
58. 37 C=100 1.00 13.11 QA= 58. 37PT = 13.11
44 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 14.66
167.03 2763 8.13 2.25
167. 0.: 15.36 CS 7
54
23.47 C=100 6.00 8.19 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.19
1 2.157 0.00 0.00 3.200 V = 2.06
23.47 0.0073 6.00 0.04
23.53 C= 100 7.00 8.23 K= 8. 200 P= 8.23
E 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.10
47.00 0.0064 7.00 0.11)
23. 7 9 C=100 7.00 8.42 K= 8.200 P= 8.42
3 E.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.01
70.79 0.0564 7.00 0.40
HYDRATEC, INC.r*e*,}ae x
JOB- BLUE HELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 4
e xr.kr t c STORAGE DESIGN AREAxj r xxx
HYDRLC. GA C" EQUIV. FIRE FT FT
REF. FLOW D_IA. FITTING FTGS. RE RV # NOTES ##
POINT QT LOSSIF LENGTHS TOT. FF FN
24.34 C=100 7.00 8.81 K= 8.200 F= 8.61
4 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.35
95.13 0.097E 7.00 0.68
25. 27 C=100 4.17 9.50 K= 8.200 F= 9.50
5 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 10.57
120.40 0.1506 11.30 1.70
102. 37 C=100 1.00 11.20 QA= 102. 37FT= 11.20
41 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 19.55
222.77 0.4707 8.13 3.83
0. 00 C=100 12.14 15.03 QA= MOM 15.03
51 6.357 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 2.25
222.77 0.0024 12.14 0.03
223. 00 C=100 11.83 15.06 QA= 223. 00FT = 15. 06
52 6.357 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.5
445.77 0.0087 11.83 0.10
186.39 C=100 11.52 15.16 QA= 133.39FT= 15.16
53 6.357 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.41
634.16 0.0168 11.52 0.19
167.03 C=100 5E 9.9 153.00 15.36 QA= 167.03FT= 15.36
54 6.357 49.90 13.93 VELOCITY = 8.1
801.0 0.0260 202.90 5.28 PE= FOR HT. OF 32.1
301.1 34.57 CS 3
TDI'
0.00 C=100
TDR 6.357
801.19 0.0260
801.19
BR
1 E 9.9 13.00 34.57
79.98 0.00
0.00F. 92.98 2.42
36.99
QA= 0.00M 34.57
VELOCITY = 3.1
CS 9
0. 00 C =150 6E27. 1 280.00 36.99 QA= K OM= 36.99
BR 7.680 1T52. 8 219.0 0.00 VELOCIT`( = 5.55
801.19 0.0048 4.00F. 499.93 2.45
voi.19 39.43 cs 10
TEST
HYDRA Ec, INC. #+» +# ++» +»#+++++«+»«#+#+»
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22e39 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 5
l+++»«»++»+,#+»#+#,t£++++FLOW Sc],EMATIc#+++++++++»++++#++## +«+++#
25.25 76.18 2-2 77 120.40 70.79 23.47
9:eC<<<7<<<<6 <41<S;51>>>41>>>5>>>>4>>>>3>>>>2>>>>1
Se. 510, 1e2.37 Q22.77 95.13 47.00
222.77
25.28 76. 2C, 223.ee ^ l ,S3 70,9E 23,k9
18<<<17<1E;<<15<<<42<<<52>>>42>>>14>>>13>>>12>>>11>>>10
5e.63 1e2.47 223.00 ss.' 47.04
445.77
27.47 ee.95 135.E 78.37 25.95
25<24!<<23(((43<<;503>>>§3>;>2e>>>21>>>' >>>19
55.03 188.39 1135,45 51.99
63#.1&
29.13 167.03 ^ 108.66 53,5e
31<<<30(((44(((5 >)>44>)>29>>>28>>>27>>>26
58.37 ^167.03 80.76 26.74
e 1.19
T R
BR
TEST
a3: rata xr xz ij: HYDRATEC, INC.
JOB— BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE B-29—•02 RAGE 7
xx :•a xi: ;e WRTER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC**•x**********•k•r:**************
STATIC PRES.
78.000 PSI
S ,
U ;
i p
R
L
Y
RESIDUAL PRESS.
C 58.000 PSI AT
U 1205.00 GPM !
R
E
PRES. AVAILABLE
54.946 PSI
SAFETY MARGIN
151516 PSI v
SYSTEM DEMAND--; FLOW AVAILABLE !
s01. i 9 GPM 500 GPM HOSE '` 1718.54 GPM !
E ! TOTAL DEMAND ! !
V ! 39.430 RSI AT!
R ! 1301.19 GPM ! !
U------------------
i % C ,
D
N
M 2142.55 GPM * !
AT 20.000 PSI
D
12.990 PSI (ELEVATION)
FLOW (GPM)
FLOW SUMMARY
SYSTEM FLOW 801.19 GPM
OUTSIDE HOSE 500.00 GPM
TOTAL DEMAND 1301.19 GPM
r\\\\` )
C\\\\\]
tom' I RE F' ROTECT I ON L'NY CoMl= UTE R DESIGN
X X--m-aw-w w-r--X--x--w-w-afa 4(-4rt -x---w X- X--w-K
a HYD RATEC, INC- •
RTE III W I ND'HAM NH OZBOS7
wiEiF X- X-•4E w-X--X- -X--X- hF•X-#-w }EiE- h-iF##iFi[-4*-#-7*-#iF#
m
1-
x CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC.
NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES t• ,
LOCATION 500 GORDON STEET SANFORD, FLORIDA *
SYSTEM N0. bJORK ROOhi , •._
CONTRACT td0. 22069
HYDRATEC, INC.
RTE 111 WINDHAM NH 03087
603-434-0502
HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET - -
NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES ---------DATE 8-E9-0E
LOCATION 500 GORDON STEET SANFORD, FLORIDA
BUILDING SYSTEM NO. WORK ROOM
CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC. CONTRACT NO. 22039
CALCULATED BY LM DRAWING NO. 1 OF O
CONSTRUCTION:( )COMBUSTIBLE (X)NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING HEIGHT EXPS
OCCUPANCY DAIRY PRODUCT WORK ROOM
S !(X)NFPA 13 ( ) LT. HAZ. ORD. HAZ. GP. ( X) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) EX. HAZ.
Y !( )NFPA 231 ( )NFPA 231C FIGURE CURVE
S !( )OTHER
T ! ( )SPECIFIC RULING MADE BY N.F.P. A. DATE 1999
E
N !AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION 1500 SYSTEM TYPE
DENSITY- GPM .15 (X)WET( )DRY( )DELUGE( )PREACTION
D !AREA PER SPRINKLER 110 SPRINKLER OR NOZZLE
E !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM -INSIDE 0 MAKE RASCO MODEL G
S !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM -OUTSIDE 250 SIZE 1/2" K-FACTOR 5.62
I !RACK SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE 0 TEMPERATURE RATING 165
G !
N !
CALCULATION ! GPM REQUIRED 248.4E PSI REQUIRED 40.59 AT BASE OF RISER
SUMMARY ! C FACTOR USED: OVERHEAD 120 UNDERGROUND 150
W !WATER FLOW TEST ! PUMP' DATA ! TANK OR RESERVOIR
A !DATE OF TEST MAY 2002 ' RATED CAP 0 ' CAP. 0
T !TIME OF TEST AM ! AT PSI 0 ! ELEV. 0
E !STATIC (PSI) 78 ! ELEV 0 !
R !RESIDUAL (P'SI ) 58 ! WELL
FLOW (GPM) 1205 ' ' PROOF FLOW GPM 0
S !ELEVATION 2.5 !
U
P' !
P !LOCATION :HYDRANT ON CITY WATER MAID;
L !SOURCE OF INFORMATION :SANFORD FIRE PREVENTION
Y !
COMMODITY ICE CREAM CLASS LOCATION
C !STORAGE HT. AREA AISLE WIDTH
0 !STORAGE METHOD:SOLID PILED % PALLETIZED % RACK
M
M ! ' ( )SINGLE ROW ( )CONVEN. PALLET ( )AUTO. STORAGE ( )ENCAP.
R ! ( )DOUBLE ROW ( )SLAVE PALLET ( )SOLID SHELVING ( )NON-ENCAP.
S ! A ! ( )MULTIPLE ROW ( )OPEN SHELVING
T ! C !---_-----
0 ! K ! FLUE SPACING: CLEARANCE:STORAGE TO CEILING
R ! ! LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE
G ! ! HORIZONTAL BARRIERS PROVIDED:
E ! !
UNITS - DIAMETER, (INCH) LENGTH (FOOT: FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE (PSI)
F= T F? F=• F-7c F? M -T- F a T( 6 K l-- IrA '•./ Q T r-- h B
HYDRATEC, INC.******
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 1
WORK ROOM DESIGN
HYDRLC. GA DIM EQUIV. PIPE PT PT
REF. FLOW C" FITTING FTGS. PE PV **** NOTES
POINT QT L'OSSIF LENGTHS TOT. PF PN
16.50 C=120 11.00 8.62 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.62
3 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6. 12
16.50 0.0911 11.00 1.00
17.43 C=120 4E 3.0 27.00 9.62 K= 5.620 P= 9.62
4 1.380 IT 6.0 18.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.28
33.93 0.0910 45.00 4.10
2
33.93 13.72 CS 44
16. 75 C=120 11.00 8.89 Q=K*SQ R (P) : P= 8.89
5 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.22
16.75 0.0937 1 i . 00 1.03
17.70 C=120 3E 3.0 27.00 9.92 K= 5.620 P= 9.92
6 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.39
34.45 0.0536 42.00 3.93
34.45 13.85 CS 45
23
16.80 C=120 11.00 8.94 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.94
7 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.23
16.80 0.0942 11.00 1.04
17.76 C=120 4E 3.0 27.00 9.98 K= 5.620 P= 9.98
8 1.380 1T 6.0 18.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.41
34.56 0.0941 45.00 4.24
34.56 14.21 CS 46
24
17. 32 C=120 11.00 9.50 Q=K*SQR (P) : P= 9.5
9 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.43
17.32 0.0997 11.00 1.10
18.30 C=120 3E 3.0 26.00 10.60 K= 5.620 P= 10.60
10 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.64
35.62 0.0995 41.00 4.08
35.62 14.68 CS 47
25
17.86 C=120 11.00 10.10 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 10.1
11 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.63
17.86 0.1055 11.00 1.16
L
r xxa:r HYDRATEC, INC.
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE S
r:************WORK ROOM DESIGN AREAri•c
HYDRLC. QA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT
REF. FLOW DIA. FITTING FTGS. PE PV NOTES *¢
POINT QT LOSS/F LENGTHS TOT. PF PN
18. 86 C=120 3E 3.0 25.00 11.26 N-5.850 P= 11.26
12 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.87
36.72 0.1053 40.00 4.21
36.72 15.47 CS 48
26
19. 05 C=1 S0 6.00 11.49 Q=K*SQR (P ): P= 11.49
1.3 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V = 7.07
19.05 0.1189 6.00 0.71
15. 63 C=1E0 SE 3.0 23.00 12.20 K= 5.620 P= 12.20
14 1.380 IT 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.29
38.68 0.1159 38.00 4.41
38.68 16.61 CS 49
27
16.76 C=120 11.00 8.89 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.89
1 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V = 6.22
16.76 0.0938 11.00 1.03
17.70 C=120 3E 3.0 25.00 9.92 K= 5.620 P= 9.92
2 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.39
34.46 0.0936 40.00 3.75
0.00 C=1 20 12.50 13.67 QA= 0.00PT= 13.67
21 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 2.03
34.46 0.0040 12.50 0.05
33.93 C=120 9.17 1.3.75 QA= 33.93PT= 13.72
22 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.02
68.39 0.0142 9.17 0.13
34.46 C=130 12.00 13.85 QA= 34.46PT= 13.35
23 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.05
102.85 0.0303 12.00 0.36
3 4. 55 C=120 9. 00 14. 21 QA= 34. 55PT= 14.21
24 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.08
137.40 0.0518 9.00 0.47
35.62 C=120 10.00 14.68 QA= 35.62PT= 14.68
25 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 10.18
173.02 0.0794 10.00 0.79
7c C=120 10. 00 15.47 QA=36. 72PT= 15.47
26 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 12.33
209.74 0.1133 10.00 1. 13
HYDRATEC, INC.a arr ca
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 3
z******************-***WORK ROOK) DESIGN AREA*****************************
HYDRLC. DA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT
REF. FLOW DIA. FITTING FTGS. PE PV **}** NOTES ****
POINT OT LOSS!F LENGTHS TOT, PF PN
38.68 C=120 2E 6.0 62.50 16.61 QA= 38.68PT= 16.61
27 2.635 12.00 7.00 VELOCITY = 14.61
248.42 0.1550 74.50 11.55 PE= FOR HT. OF 16.1
0.00 C=120 1E 6.0 11.00 35.16 O. 00PT= 35.16
TWR 2.635 1T12.0 24.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 14.61
248.42 0.1550 a.00F. 35.00 5.4,E
248.42 40.59 CS 50
BR
0.00 C=150 6E27.1 280.00 40.59 GA- 0.00FT= 40.59
BR 7.680 1T52.8 219.93 0.00 VELOCITY = 1.72
248.42 0.0005 4.00F. 499.93 0.28
248.42 40.87 CS 51
TEST
HYDRATEC, INC.
JOB- BLUE SELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22035 DATE B-29-02 PAGE 4
34.46
e!>>>>>>>>>>>>>e>>>>>>>>>1
16.76
34.46
33.s3
e2'>>>>>>>>>>>>>4>>>>>>>>>3
16.50
68.39
34.45
23 >>/>>>>>>>>>e>;=>>>>>>5
16.75
lea.es
34.E
24>>>>>>>>>>>>>S>>>>>>>>>7
16.80
137.40
35.62
25>>>>>>>>4\1>>>1\1a>>>>>>>>g
17,3e
l73.az
36.72
2§>>>>>>>>>>>>>12>>>>>>>>11
17.86
209.74
38.68
27>>>>>!>>>>>>>14>>>>>>>>!3
l9.es
248.42
TWR
SR
TEST
sx xxnz r HYDRATEC, INC.a x
JOB— BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 5
k••••••x••••-•x••WATER ANALYSIS-•*•:•r•;•••••••••*••••#
FOR •— L=kL—ESE EtiELL— GREAMER I ES
DENSITY X AREA
0.150 X 1500.00 = 225.00
OVERAGE = 23.42 GPM = 23.42
RACKS — 0.00
INSIDE HOSES — 0.00
OUTSIDE HOSES = 250.00
FLOW REDID FOR SYSTEM = 248.42
FLOW AT BASE OF RISER = 248.42
MIN FLOW AT BASE OF RISER = 248.42
TOTAL FLOW = 498.42
STATIC PRESSURE = 78.00
RESIDUAL PRESSURE = 58.00 RESIDUAL FLOW = 1205.00
FLOW FROM CITY SUPPLY AT 2OPSI = 2143 GPM
PRESSURE FROM CURVE @ TOTAL FLOW — 74.09
ELEVATION = 0.00 FOOT = 0.00
NO. DIA "C" LENGTH FACTOR + FLOW PF FLOW VELOCITY
ADDITIONAL VALVE LOSS, ETC. — 5.00
SAFETY MARGIN _ 0.00
PRESSURE AVAILABLE FOR SYSTEM = 69.09
11
x z x x HYDRATEC, INC.
JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE &
x ********•***WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC*******************.Y..*****• ***
STATIC PRES.
78. 000 F'SI
S
U
P
L
Y
C
U
R
V
E
PRES. AVAILABLE !
74.093 PSI
SAFETY MARGIN
3 PSI v
SYSTEM DEMAND- --------------* t-- FLOW AVAILABLE !
248.42 GPM / 250 GPM HOSE '' 1'683.55 GPM '
E ! TOTAL DEMAND !
V ! 40.870 PSI AT!
498.42 GPM !
1 U -•----------------
C RESIDUAL PRES.-)*
58.000 F'SI AT !
i D 1205.00 GPM
N
M 2142.55 GPM• * !
E AT 20.000 PSI !
D
5.630 PSI (ELEVATION)
FLOW (GPM)
FLOW SUMMARY
SYSTEM FLOW 248.42 GPM
OUTSIDE HOSE 250.00 GPM
TOTAL DEMAND 498.42 GPM
April 14, 2000
319 a
A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Refer to Figure 1 on page 319 c.)
Viking Electric/Pneumatic Double- Inter-
locked Preaction Systems utilize a Vi-
king deluge valve (A.1) controlled by a
pneumatic actuator (F.1), normally held
closed by supervisory pressure main-
tained in the automatic sprinkler system
AND a normally closed electric solenoid
valve (F.2) controlled by an approved
system control panel (F.4) with compati-
ble detection system (F.5).
BOTH the electric detection system
must activate AND supervisory pres-
sure must be relieved from the sprinkler
system before the deluge valve will open
to fill the sprinkler system with water. If
the electric detection system (alone) op-
erates due to fire, damage, or malfunc-
tion, an alarm will activate, but the
deluge valve will NOT open. If the sprin-
kler piping is damaged or a sprinkler is
broken or fused, but the detection sys-
tem has not activated, an alarm will acti-
vate, but the deluge valve will NOT
open.
In fire conditions, operation of both the
detection system and a sprinkler is re-
quired before the deluge valve will open,
allowing water to enter the system pip-
ing.
Electric/Pneumabc Double -Interlocked
Preaction Systems are commonly used
as refrigerated area systems. They are
also commonly used where flooding of
the pipe can have serious conse-
quences, and where it is important to
control accidental water discharge due
to damaged sprinkler piping.
Care should be taken because Double -
Interlocked Preaction Systems may not
produce flow from opened sprinklers as.
quickly as Single- or Non -Interlocked
Preaction Systems. Activation of the de-
tection system alone or operation of a
sprinkler alone will sound an alarm, but
will NOT cause the system to fill with wa-
ter.
FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVAL
Viking Electric/Pneumatic Double -Inter-
locked Preaction Systems are Factory
Mutual (FM) Approved as a refrigerated
area system when installed with specific
components. Refer to current FM Ap-
proval Guide. Consult the manufacturer
for any component approvals too recent
to appear in the FM Approval Guide.
Form No. F 070889
B. SYSTEM OPERATION
Refer to Figure 1 on page 319 a)
In the SET condition:
System water supply pressure enters
the priming chamber of the deluge valve
A.1) through the 1/4" (8 mm) priming
line, which includes a normally open
priming valve (B.1), strainer (B.2), re-
stricted orifice (B.3), and check valve
BA) and normally closed PSOV (B.10)
for Easy Trim option. In the SET condi-
tion, water supply pressure is trapped in
the priming chamber by the check valve
BA) , normally closed PSOV (B.10) for
EZ Trim option, and BOTH the pneu-
matic actuator (F.1) and the normally
closed solenoid valve (F.2). The water
supply pressure trapped in the priming
chamber holds the deluge valve clapper
closed, keeping the outlet chamber and
system piping dry.
In a fire condition:
In a fire condition, when the detection
system (F.5) operates, the system con-
trol panel (F.4) energizes the solenoid
valve (F.2) open. Alarms activate, but
the deluge valve will NOT open until a
sprinkler opens, relieving supervisory
pressure from the sprinkler system.
When a sprinkler opens, supervisory
pressure in the sprinkler piping is re-
duced, causing the pneumatic actuator
F.1) to open. After BOTH the electric
detection system activates AND super-
visory pressure in the sprinkler system
have been lost, pressure is released
from the priming chamber to open the
drain cup (B.14) faster than it is supplied
through restricted orifice (B.3). The de-
luge valve clapper opens to allow water
to flow into the system piping and alarm
devices, causing the water motor alarm
C.2) and water flow alarms connected
to the alarm pressure switch (C.1) to ac-
tivate.
An optional accelerator (F.6) may be in-
stalled to accelerate -pressure loss from
the sprinkler system to provide earlier
alarms and/or allow the system to fill
with water faster. An accelerator (F.6)
may be necessary to meet system dis-
charge time requirements.
For Conventional Deluge Valve Trim:
Refer to Figure 1.)
When the deluge valve operates, the
sensing end of PORV (B.10) is pressur-
ized, causing the PORV to operate.
When the PORV operates, it continually
vents the priming chamber to prevent
the deluge valve from resetting even if
the releasing devices (F.1 and F.2)
close. The deluge valve can only be re-
set after the system is taken out of ser-
vice, and the outlet chamber of the de-
luge valve and associated trim piping
are depressurized and drained.
For Deluge Valve Easy Trim: (Refer to
Figure 2.)
When the deluge valve operates, the
sensing end of PSOV (B.10) is pressur-
ized, causing the PSOV to close. When
the PSOV closes, it shuts off the flow of
priming water pressure to the priming
chamber, preventing the Deluge Valve
A.1) from resetting even if the open re-
leasing devices close. The deluge valve
can only be reset after the system is
taken out of service, and the outlet
chamber of the deluge valve and associ-
ated trim piping is depressurized and
drained.
Trouble conditions:
If a sprinkler opens prior to operation of
the detection system (F.5), or any time
supervisory pressure in the sprinkler
piping is lost, alarms connected to the
air supervisory switch (E.3) will signal a
low air pressure condition, but the de-
luge valve will NOT open.
If the electric detection system (alone)
operates due to damage or malfunction,
alarms connected to the system control
panel (F.4) will activate, but the deluge
valve will NOT open.
Manual Operation:
Any time the handle inside the emer-
gency release (B.11) is pulled, pressure
is released from the priming chamber;
the deluge valve will open. Water will
flow into the system piping and alarm
devices (C.1 and C.2). If a sprinkler
head opens, water will flow from the sys-
tem.
For Technical Data,
Installation, Maintenance and
Testing Instructions for
individual system components,
efer to current Viking Technical
Data describing individual
components of the Preaction
System used.
Viking Technical Data may be found on
The Viking Corporation's Web site at
http://www.vikingcorp.com.
The Web site may include a more recent
edition of this Technical Data page.
Replaces page 319 a-d, dated July 30, 1998
Added Deluge Easy Trim Schematic on page 319d
and updated text.)
319 b
April 14, 2000
C. INSTALLATION
Refer to current Viking technical data
describing individual components of the
Viking Electric/Pneumatic Double -Inter-
locked Preaction System. Technical
data describing the Viking deluge valve
and other system components are
packed with product and in the Viking
Engineering Design Data book.
Also, refer to applicable installation
standards, codes, and Authorities Hav-
ing Jurisdiction.
Important Settings:
Also refer to Table 1 on page 319 b.)
1. Provide a minimum 30 PSI (207 kPa)
pneumatic pressure to the closed
sprinkler system and the pneumatic
actuator (E.1) for system water pres-
sures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or less.
For system water pressures above
175 PSI, up to a maximum of 250 PSI
1 724 kPa), provide a minimum of 50
PSI (345 kPa) pneumatic pressure to
the sprinkler system and the pneu-
matic actuator (E.1).
2. Set the air compressor air pressure
supervisory switch (G.2) to maintain
a constant air supply of 40 PSI (276
kPa) for system water pressures of
175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or less. For sys-
tem water pressures above 175 PSI,
up to a maximum of 250 PSI (1 724
kPa), set the air compressor air
pressure supervisory switch (G.2) to
maintain a constant air supply of 60
PSI (414 kPa).
3. Set the air maintenance device (G.6)
to maintain a constant air supply of
30 PSI (207 kPa) for system water
pressures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or
less. For system water pressures
above 175 PSI, up to a maximum of
250 PSI (1 724 kPa), set the air
compressor air pressure supervisory
switch (G.2) to maintain a constant
air supply of 50 PSI (345 kPa).
4. Set the air pressure supervisory
switch (E.3) to activate at 25 PSI (172
kPa) on pressure drop for system wa-
ter pressures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa)
or less. For system water pressures
above 175 PSI, up to a maximum of
250 PSI (1 724 kPa), set the air
pressure supervisory switch (E.3) to
activate at 45 PSI (241 kPa) on pres-
sure drop. Air pressure supervisory
switch (E.3) should be wired to acti-
vate an alarm to signal a low air pres-
sure condition. Activation of an alarm
to signal a high-pressure condition
TABLE 1
IMPORTANT SETTINGS
WATER
SUPPLY PRESSURES
Up to
ITS PSI (1 207 kPa)
SET TO MAINTAIN
175 PSI (1 207 kPa) to
250 PSI (1 724 kPa)
SET TO MAINTAINDEVICE
r ompressor' n/ witch ( .) 40 PSI276 a 60 PSI (414 a)
r Maintenance Device I F 50 PSI (345 kPa)
Release System
Pressure Supervisory Switch (E.3)
25 PSI (172 kPa)
On Pressure Drop I 45 PSI (310 kPa)
On Pressure Drop
may be required. Refer to applicable
installation standards and the Au-
thority Having Jurisdiction.
5. Alarm pressure switch (C.1) should
activate when pressurized to 4 to 8
PSI (27 to 55 kPa) on pressure rise.
Alarm pressure switch (C.1) should
be wired to activate the water flow
alarm.
Air Supply Design:
The air supply compressor should be
sized to establish total required air pres-
sure in 30 minutes. The air supply must
be regulated, restricted, and maintained
automatically. Air maintenance device
G.6) is used to regulate and restrict the
flow of supervisory air into the sprinkler
system piping.
The air supply must be regulated to
maintain the supervisory pressure de-
sired in the sprinkler piping. Pressures in
excess of the pressure settings recom-
mended in paragraph C: "Installation",
may affect operation of the system.
The air supply must be restricted to en-
sure that the automatic air supply cannot
replace air as fast as it escapes when a
sprinkler operates.
It is recommended practice to provide
an inspector's test connection on the su-
pervised sprinkler piping.
The sprinkler system inspectors test
connection should terminate in an orifice
equal to the smallest sprinkler orifice
provided.
The inspectors test connection should
be equipped with a ball valve (normally
locked closed) capable of being opened
to simulate the opening of a sprinkler,
and should be installed at the most hy-
draulically demanding location of the
system. Inspectors test connections
may be used to verify that the automatic
air supply cannot replace air as fast as it
escapes when a sprinkler operates. Re-
fer to paragraph F. INSPECTIONS and
TESTS.
Speed of Operation:
An optional accelerator (F.6) may be in-
stalled to accelerate pressure loss from
the sprinkler system to provide earlier
alarms and/or allow the system to fill
with water faster. An accelerator (F.6)
may be necessary to meet system dis-
charge time requirements.
D. EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS
Refer tD Figure 1 on page 319 a)
To Take System Out of Service:
WARNING: Placing a control valve or
detection system out of service may
eliminate the fire protection capabilities
of the system. Prior to proceeding, notify
all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Con-
sideration should be given to employ-
ment of a fire patrol in the affected areas.
After a fire, verify that the fire is OUT and
that placing the system out of service
has been authorized by the appropriate
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
1. Close the water supply valve (13.1).
2. Open the system main drain (13.3).
3. Silence alarms (optional).
a. To silence electric alarms con-
trolled by Viking Par-3 Release
Control Panel (F.3), open the
panel and press ALARM SI-
LENCE"
b. To silence electric alarms con-
trolled by the pressure switch
C.1) and to silence the water mo-
tor alarm (C.2), close the alarm
shut-off valve (13.9).
Note: Electric alarms controlled by a
pressure switch installed in the %"
15 mm) NPT connection for a
Non -interruptible alarm pressure
switch cannot be shut off until the de-
luge valve is reset or taken out of ser-
vice.
4. Shut off the air supply (optional).
5. Open the auxiliary drain (13.6).
6. Close the priming valve (B.1) (op-
tional).
Sprinkler systems that have been sub-
jected to a fire must be returned to ser-
vice as soon as possible. The entire sys-
tem must be inspected for damage, and
repaired or replaced as necessary.
7. Replace any detectors (F.5) that have
been damaged.
Continued on page 319 e.)
3 9 d,
J April 14, 2000
CA
F.5
r
POINT
A
F.6
O F,7
WLY[
VW TO
K® oval
MODEL E
FA G.2 ACCELERATOR
i - I (
OPTIONAL)
G.3 "a G".4 G.1
O
G.4
G.6
r\ 13.7 Point
A
G.5
G.4 E.3
i.
E 2
i 11idy. F.1 I
B.1 ^
I
B.3
B.2 I
B.4 I
8.10 I I I IIIII
3 B.12 I j I I
I I IIIIIE.tI I I
A.1
I J
B.14'q DT n
I
D.1
i
B.154
IC >1J Dashed
lines indicate pipe required but not listed in "
System Components Table. Dashed
lines indicate electrical detection system wiring required
but not listed in "System Components Table. For
additional wiring requirements refer to technical for
components used. DOUBLE
INTERLOCKED PREACTION ELECTRIC/
PNEUMATIC A
SUPERVISED DRY SYSTEM CONTROLLED BY ELECTRIC
RELEASE SYSTEM and PNEUMATIC
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SYSTEM
COMPONENTS A.
Valve A.
1 Deluge Valve B.
Deluge Valve Easy Trim* See
Deluge Valve Easy Trim Charts) BA
Priming Valve (Normally Open) B.
2 Strainer B.
3 1/16' Restriction 8.
4 Spring Loaded Check Valve B.
5 Alarm Test Valve (Normally Closed) B.
6 Auxiliary Drain Valve (Normally Closed) B.
7 Drip Check Volvo 8.
8 Drip Check Volvo 8.
9 Alarm Shut -Off Valve (Normally Open) BAD
Pressure Shut -Off Valve (P.S.O.V.) B.
11 Emergency Release B.
12 Priming Pressure Water Gouge and Valve 9.
13 Water Supply Pressure Gouge and Valve B.
14 Drain Cup B.
15 Flow Test Valve (Normally Closed) C.
Water Flow Alarm Equipment CA
Alarm Pressure Switch and/or C.
2 Water Motor Alarm (Strainer Required) C.
3 Strainer C.
4 Electric Alarm Bell D.
Riser DA
Water Supply Control Valve D.
2 Easy Riser wCheck Valve or rubber
sealed check valve D.
3 Sprinkler System Main Drain D.
4 90'EII. (Grooved Ell Shown. Deluge Volve also
available with Flanged Outlet.) E.
Supervisory Air Supply E.
1 System Pressure Gouge and Valve E.
2 Soft Seat Swing Check Volvo E.
3 Air Pressure Supervisory Switch F.
Release System F.
1 Pneumatic Actuator F.
2 Solenoid Valve (Normally Closed) F.
3 Electric/Pneumatic Release Module Trim F.
4 System Control Panel F.
5 Electric Detection System. Hoot Detector shown
for clarity. F.
6 Accelerator (Optional. See Inset.) F.
7 Accelerator Isolation Valve. (See Inset.) G.
Air Supply GA
Automatic Air Supply. Air Compressor and
Tank shown for clarity. G.
2 Air Supervisory Pressure Switch Compressor
On/Off Control Switch) G.
3 Soft Scot Check Valve C.
4 Shut Off Valve Indicating
Boll Valve recommended.) G.
5 Dehydrator G.
6 Air maintenance Device do By-Poss Trim G.
7 1/2" x 1/4' Reducing Coupling Viking
Deluge Volve Trim Packages contain items B.1 through
B.15 and associated nipples. Viking
Accessory Package for Conventional Deluge Valve Trim conloines
B.2 through B.5. B.7 through 0.11 and B.14. Double
Interlocked Preaction with Easy Trim Figure
2
April 14, 2000 319 e
8. Replace any sprinklers that have
opened, been damaged, or have
been exposed to fire conditions.
9. Perform all maintenance procedures
recommended in technical data de-
scribing individual components of the
system that has operated.
10. Return the system to service as soon
as possible. Refer to E: PLACING
THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE.
E. PLACING THE SYSTEM IN
SERVICE (Refer to Figure 1.)
Note: Refer to instructions provided in
technical data describing the Viking de-
luge valve and other system compo-
nents.
To Return the System to Service:
1. Verify that the system has been prop-
erly drained. System main drain (D.3)
and auxiliary drain (B.6) should be
open. Verify that the emergency re-
lease (B.11) is closed.
2. Close the system main drain (D.3).
3. Open the priming valve (13.1).
4. Reset the system control panel (F.4).
For Viking Par-3 Release Control
Panel, open the panel and press
RESET".
Solenoid valve (F.2) should close.
Flow from the outlet of the pneumatic
actuator (F.1) to the drain cup (B.14)
should stop. The low -air alarm will
activate.
a. For Par-3 Release Control Panels,
to silence the low -air alarm, open
the panel (F.4) and press ALARM
SILENCE.
5. Restore supervisory pressure to
sprinkler piping. Establish and main-
tain 30 PSI (207 kPa) or 50 PSI (345
kPa) as required by the pneumatic
actuator (F.1). Refer to Section C:
Installation".
a. Verify that the Y2" valve in the air
maintenance device (G.6) by-
pass trim is closed and that both
1/4" valves are open.
6. Reset the system control panel (F.4).
For Par-3 Release Control Panels,
open the panel and press RESET.
7. Open the flow test valve (B.15).
8. Partially open the main water supply
control valve (D.1)
9. When full flow develops from the flow
test valve (B.15), close the flow test
valve.
b. Verify that there is no flow from the
open auxiliary drain (6.6).
10. Close the auxiliary drain (6.6).
11. Fully open and secure the main wa-
ter supply control valve (D.1).
12. Verify that the alarm shut-off valve
B.9) is open and that all other valves
are in their normal operating position.
13. Depress the plunger of the drip
check (B.7). No water should flow
from the drip check when the plunger
is pushed.
F. INSPECTIONS and TESTS
It is imperative that the system be in-
spected and tested on a regular basis.
Refer to INSPECTIONS and TESTS
recommended in current Viking
technical data describing individual
components of the Viking Electric/Pneu-
matic Double -Interlocked Preaction
System used.
The frequency of the inspections may
vary due to contaminated water sup-
plies, corrosive water supplies, corro-
sive atmospheres, as well as the condi-
tion of the air supply to the system. For
minimum maintenance and inspection
requirements, refer to the National Fire
Protection Association's pamphlet that
describes care and maintenance of
sprinkler systems. In addition, the Au-
thority Having Jurisdiction may have ad-
ditional maintenance, testing, and in-
spection requirements that must be fol-
lowed.
WARNING: Any system maintenance
which involves placing a control valve or
detection system out of service may
eliminate the fire protection capabilities
of that system. Prior to proceeding, no-
tify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
Consideration should be given to em-
ployment of a fire patrol in the affected
areas.
F.1 Low Air Pressure Alarm Test
Quarterly testing of low air alarms is rec-
ommended.
To Test Sprinkler System "Low Su-
pervisory Air" Alarm:
1. To prevent operation of the deluge
valve and filling of the system with
water during the test, DO NOT oper-
ate the electric detection system dur-
ing this test. Consider closing the
main water supply control valve
D.1).
2. Fully open the sprinkler system in-
spector's test valve to simulate oper-
ation of a sprinkler.
3. Verify that low air alarms operate
within an acceptable time period and
continue without interruption.
4. Close the inspector's test valve.
5. Establish recommended pneumatic
supervisory pressure to be main-
tained. Refer to paragraph C: IN-
STALLATION.
6. Open the system control panel (F.4)
and press RESET. Alarms should
stop.
When testing is complete, return the
system to service following steps 1
through 9 below.
Caution: This procedure applies only
when done in conjunction with "Low Air"
Alarm testing described above.
1. Verify that the pressure indicated on
the priming pressure water gauge
B.12) indicates that the priming
chamber is pressurized with system
water supply pressure.
2. Depress the plunger of the drip check
B.7). No water should flow from the
drip check when the plunger is
pushed.
If the main water supply control valve
was NOT closed in step 1, proceed to
step 8 below.
If the main water supply control valve
WAS closed in step 1, proceed with
steps 3 through 9 below.
3. Open the flow test valve (B.15) and
the auxiliary drain (13.6).
4. Partially open the main water supply
control valve (D.1).
5. When full flow develops from the flow
test valve (B.15), close the flow test
valve.
b. Verity that there is no flow from the
open auxiliary drain (B.6).
6. Close the auxiliary drain (B.6).
7. Fully open and secure the main water
supply control valve (D.1).
8. Verify that the alarm shut-off valve
13.9) is open and that all other valves
are in their normal operating position.
9. Depress the plunger of the drip check
B.7). No water should flow from the
drip check when the plunger is
pushed.
F.2 Full Flow Trip Test
Performance of a trip test is recom-
mended annually during warm weather.
Consider coordinating this test with op-
eration testing of the detectors.
Caution: Performance of this test will
cause the deluge valve to open and the
sprinkler system.to fill with water. If trip
testing is considered unpractical, con-
sult the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
To trip test the Electric/Pneumatic Dou-
ble -Interlocked Preaction System:
1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion and those in the area affected by
the test.
319 f April 14, 2000
2. To trip the deluge valve:
a. Operate a detector according to
the manufacturers instructions.
b. Open the sprinkler system inspec-
tor's test valve.
3. The deluge valve should open, filling
the sprinkler system with water.
a. Waterfiow alarms should operate.
4. Verify adequate flow from the sprin-
kler system inspector's test valve
within an acceptable time period.
When Trip Testing is complete:
5. Perform steps 1 through 10 of para-
graph "D" EMERGENCY INSTRUC-
TIONS to take the system out of ser-
vice.
6. Perform steps 1 through 13 of para-
graph "E" PLACING THE SYSTEM
IN SERVICE to return the system to
service.
7. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion and those in the affected area af-
fected that testing is complete.
G. MAINTENANCE
NOTICE: The owner is responsible for
maintaining the fire protection system
and devices in proper operating condi-
tion.
Refer to MAINTENANCE INSTRUC-
TIONS provided in current Viking
technical data describing individual
components of the Viking Electric/Pneu-
matic Double -Interlocked Preaction
System used.
Where difficulty in performance is expe-
rienced, the valve manufacturer or his
authorized representative shall be con-
tacted if any field adjustment is to be
made.
Form No. F_070889 Replaces page 319 a-d, dated July 30, 1998
Added Deluge Easy Trim Schematic on page 319d
and updated text.)
April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 a
1. PRODUCT NAME
Viking Model E-1 Deluge Valve
3" (80 mm) Available since 1985
4" (100 mm) Available since 1985
6" (150 mm) Available since 1984
2. MANUFACTURER
THE VIKING CORPORATION
210 N. Industrial Park Road
Hastings, Michigan 49058 U.S.A.
Telephone: (616) 945-9501
877) 384-5464
Fax Number: (616) 945-9599
e-mail: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com
3. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The Viking Model E-1 Deluge Valve is a
quick -opening, differential diaphragm,
flood valve with one moving part.
The deluge valve is used to control wa-
ter flow in deluge and preaction sprinkler
systems. The valve is held closed by
system water pressure trapped in the
priming chamber, keeping the outlet
chamber and system piping dry. In fire
conditions, when the releasing system
operates, pressure is released from the
priming chamber. The deluge valve
clapper opens to allow water to flow into
the system piping.
4. TECHNICAL DATA
Approvals:
90 Degree Pattern (inlet to outlet)
For 250 PSI (1 724 kPa) WWP
U.L. Listed
Guide No. VLFT
C-UL Listed
FM Approved
Consult current FM Approval Guide
for acce table aDDlications.
For 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) WWP
Approved by the New York City Board
of Standards and Appeals
Calendar Number 219-76-SA
ABS, American Bureau of Shipping
LPCB
Table 1
Size
Valve
Inlet
Type
Outlet
Type
Friction
Loss"
C„
Factor
Shipping
Weight
Part
No.
3" 80 rrm Flange. Groove 29 ft 8,8m 187 88 bs 30 05835C
3" 80 rrrn Flange. Flan • 29 ft. 8,8m 187 73 bs 33 05912C
4" 100 mm Flange, I Groove 35 ft 10,7m 470 112 Ibs 51 05839C
4" 100 mn Flange* Flange, 35 ft 10,7m 470 123 Ibs 58 05909C
8" 150 nrn Flan Groove 1 33 ft 10,1 m 10W 236 bs 107 o5458C
8" 150 mmFlan • Fla e' 33 ft 10.1 m 1088 251 bs 114 05906C Viking
Model 61 Deluge Valves are available for use outside North America w Rh flanges drilled according to
European PN10 specifications or Table 3 specifications. Contact rrenufaclurer for availability. Expressed
in equivalent length of schedule 40 pipe based on Hazen 8 Wiliams formula. C = 120. Connections:
Flanged inlet with flanged outlet
or flanged inlet with grooved outlet —
See Table 1 Factory
tested to 500 psi (3 447 kPa) Valve
differential over 2:1 (priming chamber
to inlet chamber) Priming
chamber supply restriction (re- quired):
0.0625" (1,6, mm) Color
of Valve: Painted red for identifica- tion
purposes Friction
loss: Refer to Table 1 systems
witn water working pres- sures
above 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) may
require extra -heavy pattern fittings.
Viking Model-E-1 Deluge Valve
flanges are Ductile Iron ANSI
1316.42 Class 150 with a max- imum
water working pressure of 250
PSI. ANSI 616.42 Class 150 flanges
are NOT compatible with ANSI
Class 250 or Class 300 flanges.
To mate the Model E-1 De- luge
Valve with ANSI Class 250 or Class
300 flanges, use the grooved -
outlet style valve, in- stalled
with listed groove/flange adapters
of the appropriate pres- sure
rating. For piping with grooved
connections, . the grooved -
outlet style valve may be installed
with listed grooved cou- plings
of the appropriate pressure rating.
Material
Standards: Refer
to Materials Chart (page 220 f) Ordering
Information: Part
Numbers: Refer to Table 1 Shipping
Weight: Refer to Table 1 5.
FEATURES a.
Field replaceable Diaphragm and Seat
Rubbers. b.
Designed for installation in any posi- tion.
c.
Designed to be reset without opening the
valve. d.
Compatible with hydraulic, pneu- matic,
and/or electric release sys- tems.
5a.
Accessories: 1.
A Conventional or Easy Trim pack- age
for use with the Model E-1 De- luge
Valve. The trim package in- cludes
the VALVE ACCESSORY PACKAGE
and the fittings and nip- ples
shown on the Viking Deluge Valve
Conventional or Easy Trim Chart
for the valve used. Trim
Charts . are provided in trim packages
and the Viking Engi- neering
and Design Data book. For
optional factory assembled modular"
trim packages, refer to the Viking
list price schedule or contact the
manufacturer. 2.
A Deluge VALVE ACCESSORY PACKAGE
includes required trim components.
This package is needed
when Viking Trim Packages are
not used. 3.
Auxiliary components are required for specific
valve functions. For com- plete
operating trim requirements re- fer
to system data for the system used.
System data is provided in the Viking
Engineering and Design Data book.
Note:
For part numbers of accessories, refer
to Viking list price schedule. 6.
OPERATION (Refer to Figure 2) The
Viking Model E-1 Deluge Valve has an
inlet chamber, an outlet chamber, and
a priming chamber. The inlet cham- ber
and outlet chamber are separated from
the priming chamber by the dapper 6)
and diaphragm (2). In
the set condition: System
pressure is supplied to the prim- ing
chamber through a restricted prim- ing
line (trim) equipped with a check valve.
System water supply pressure trapped
in the priming chamber holds the
clapper (6) on seat (9) due to area differential
design. Clapper (6) sepa- rates
the inlet chamber from the outlet Note:
Units of measure in parentheses may be approximations. Replaces page 220 a-g, dated August 20, 1998. Form
No. F 053096 (Added reference to Easy Trim and P.S.O.V.)
Deluge 220 b April 24, 2000
chamber, keeping the outlet chamber
and system piping dry.
In fire conditions:
When the release system operates,
pressure is released from the priming
chamber faster than It is supplied
through the restricted priming line. Wa-
ter supply pressure in the inlet chamber,
forces the clapper (6) off from seat (9),
allowing water to flow through the outlet
and into the system and alarm devices.
For Deluge Valves equipped with
Conventional Trim:
When the Deluge Valve operates, the
sensing end of the PORV is pressur-
ized, causing the PORV to operate.
When the PORV operates, it continually
vents the priming chamber to prevent
the deluge valve from resetting even if
the open releasing devices close. The
Deluge Valve can only be reset after the
system is taken out of service, and the
outlet chamber of the deluge valve and
associated trim piping is depressurized
and drained.
For Deluge Valves equipped with
Easy Trim:
When the Deluge Valve operates, the
sensing end of the PSOV is pressurized,
causing the PSOV to dose. When the
PSOV closes, it shuts off the flow of
priming water pressure to the priming
chamber, preventing the Deluge Valve
from resetting even if the open releasing
devices close. The Deluge Valve can
only be reset after the system is taken
out of service, and the outlet chamber of
the Deluge Valve and associated trim
piping is depressurized and drained.
T. AVAILABILITY AND
SERVICE
The Viking deluge .valve. and accesso-
ries are available through a network of
domestic, Canadian, and international
distributors.
For proper operation and approval, the
valve must be trimmed in acwrdance
With the current Viking Trim Chartforthe valve
used. Where difficulty in perfor- mance
is experienced, verify that the valve
is trimmed properly. Contact Vi- king
or Viking's authorized representa- tive
before any field adjustments are made.
See
the Yellow Pages of the telephone directory
for a local distributor (listed un- der "
Sprinklers -Automatic- Fire") or con- tact
The Viking Corporation. Viking
Technical Data may be found on The
Viking Corporation's Web site at httpJ/
www.v(kingcorp.com. The
Web site may include a more recent edition
of this Technical Data page. Pressure '
optional)
B.
14 8.,
To
Release - 8
2 Systerrn &
4
1
8.10 H.
1 1
E.3 &12 1
1
C1 9
1 I (
15 mrn) &B B.
6 NPr
for Non- MleraptobN
I
Alarm Presee 6.5 1
Switch (
Optional) &7
13
14
I
To
D.1 Drain
Water J
3'
r, 4% OR f- MODEL
E-1 DEUCE VALVE VM coNVLNTIONAL
TRIM TRIM
COM ONENTS 0 6L1 =
Voile plomday Open) 93
1/15' RowlAcled Orifice 4
Spring Looded Check Vole Alarm
Tees VoM (himrawly Closed) 6
Wiary Drain Volvo nrw s (NoRlos y Ced) 7 Drip
check vole B.D
Droir Check Volvo 11 Norm
Shut -Off Vole (Normally Open) f0 Pressure
Operated Rorrof Volvo (P.ORV.) 11 Emergency
Release L.12
P an Pressure WaterCoupdVale B3 wSupplySupplyPressure
Gouge and VoM L1Drain Cup 15 Flop
Tat Volvo (aimto
y posed) D.1 rioter Supply Control
Volvo VIUM Dekrge VOW Trim Packages
contain Rams 1 through &15 and associated
nippier. Wng Accessory Package for Corm
nliordt Do" VOW Tflm contains 82 tivagh
8.5. &7 through 11.11, end 8.14.
Dashed Ones Indicate pipe required
but not provided In Conven6unol Trim Packages
D.1 13.15 l/
water Diem
Supply S.,
4%
OR
e- 1IODEL
E-1 DEUCE VALVE
wIM EAST TRIP TRIM COYro"M
p LI
btr Volvo (Ion my
Open) 8.3 1/1C Restricted
office Lauded Check Volve M Alarm
Spring Ted Vol+ (kes " Cloed) s An;DrOinhe Valro (Nwrrdly
Closed) 7 DripCheek Ma LainCheckVolvo
LD Norm Shot -Off Vale (
Norrrnssy open) Li y R.Opefoto0sha1-on
var. (pSo.K)
l L12 Per Pressure water
sorus
and Vol. L13 heater Supply Pressure Coup
and Val. L14 pain Cup Llb new
Tel Vale (Nombsy
Moved) D.1 water Supply Control
Vol. Viking D.lege Volvo Trin
Poeko per Corbin ttsrrnp L1 through L15 and ssporI
teat rn40 V"M Aecwoe7y P.ckopp
forDeluge Volvo Eey Trim conloins L2 through MS.
B.7 though LII. and L14. Dovisd Ores infKaW
Pipe r.vuired
but not provided in Fray Trim Poebges For
electric, pneumatic, electric/pneumatic, pneumatic/
pneumatic and electric/pneu-lectric release, see the
proper release module trim. Figure 1 S. GUAKANTEE5 For details
of warranty,
refer to
Viking's current list price schedule or contact
Vi- king directly. 9. INSTALLATION Refer to
Figure 1
for identification
of trim components). 9-A General Instruction
1. Viking
3" (80 mm), 4" (
100 m), and 6" 150 mm) Deluge Valves may be
in- stalled in any position. a. Minor
modification to trim may
be required to facilitate drainage from the
outlet chamber of the deluge
valve (consult manufacturer). b. Certain trim
devices may require
the valve to be installed vertically.
Refer to system data for the
sys- tem used.) 2. The valve must
be installed
in an area not subject to freezing temperatures or
physical damage. When Valve Trim
Is used, to
maintain listings and approvals, trim must
be installed according to
Viking Model E Deluge Valve
Conventional or Easy Trim Charts specifically
labeled "Max- imum 250
PSI Water Working Pressure."
Refer to appropriate technical data
page in the Viking
Engineering and Design Data Book.
April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 c
3. The valve must be trimmed according
to current Viking Trim Charts and ap-
propriate instructions for the system
used. Trim Charts are printed in the
Viking Engineering and Design Data
book, and are provided with trim
packages.
a. Remove all plastic thread protec-
tors from the openings of the de-
luge valve.
b. Apply a small amount of pipe -joint
compound or tape to the external
threads of all pipe connections re-
quired. Take care not to allow any
compound, tape, or other foreign
matter inside any of the nipples or
openings of the valve or trim com-
ponents.
c. Viking Model E Deluge Valve con-
ventional or Easy Trim Charts are
provided with Trim Packages and
in the Viking Engineering and De-
sign Data book.
d. Verify that all system components
are rated for the water working
pressure of the system.
Hydrostatic Test:
The Model E-1 Deluge Valve is man-.
ufactured and listed for use at a max-
imum Water Working Pressure of
250 PSI (1724 kPa). The valve is fac-
tory tested at 500 PSI (3 447 kPa).
Model E-1 Deluge Valves maybe hy-
drostatically tested at 300 PSI (2 069
kPa) and/or 50 PSI (345 kPa) above
the normal Water Working Pressure,
for limited periods of time (two hours)
for the purpose of acceptance by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction. If air
testing is required, do not exceed 40
PSI (276 kPa) air pressure.
Note: Never conduct the Hydrostatic
Test against the Pressure Operated
Relief Valve.(P.O.R.V.) Temporarily
remove the P.O.R.V. from the trim
and plug trim openings while con-
ducting the Hydrostatic Test.
Trim Note: (Refer also to System Data
and/or Trim Chart)
Discharge piping from the auxiliary drain
valve, the flow test valve, and all system
drains should be kept separate.
DO NOT connect the outlet of the drip
check to any other drain.
Exception: Viking TotalPac Systems
are manufactured with a speck ar-
rangement of interconnected drain
piping tested at the factory.
4. The priming line must be connected
upstream of the system water supply
main control valve or to a constant
source of water at a pressure equal to
the system water supply.
5. After the deluge valve is set, opera-
tion of the deluge valve requires the
release of priming water from the
priming chamber. This may be by au-
tomatic or manual operation of the re-
lease system. Viking deluge valves
are compatible with hydraulic, pneu-
matic, and electric release systems.
For specific trim arrangements, refer
to Trim Charts and System Data de-
scribing the system being installed.
Trim Charts are printed in the Viking
Engineering and Design Data book
and are provided with trim packages.
System Data sheets are printed in the
Viking Engineering and Design Data
book.
a. Hydraulic Release Systems:
See Graphs A through C (pages
220 h-i) for the maximum allow-
able elevation of hydraulic re-
lease piping above the deluge
Valve. If the maximum height of
hydraulic release piping exceeds
the limit shown in Graph A, B, or C
for the valve used, use a
pneumatic or electric release sys-
tem.
b. Pneumatic Release Systems:
A Viking Pneumatic Actuator is re-
quired between the release sys-
tem connection provided on de-
luge valve trim and pneumatic re-
lease system piping.
c. Electric Release:
Solenoid Valves, System Control
Panels, and Electrical Detectors
must be compatible. Consult ap-
propriate listing and/or approval
guides.
Note: For operation at water
pressures in excess of 175 PSI,
a 250 PSI Rated Solenoid Valve
must be used. Refer to appro-
priate Viking Technical Data
Page for type of system used.
Caution: Operation of Viking Deluge
Valves by pressurizing the priming
chamber with air pressure or any
other pressurized gas is not recom-
mended or approved.
9-13. Placing the Valve in Service
Refer to Figure 1 and/or appropriate
Trim Charts and System Data for the
system used.)
For deluge valves equipped with Con-
ventional Deluge Valve Trim follow
steps 1 through 10 (and 11 & 12 if appli-
cable) below.
1. Verify:
a. The system Main Water Supply
Control Valve (D.1) is closed and
the Deluge Valve is trimmed ac-
cording to current Viking Trim
Charts and schematic drawings
for the system used.
b. The system has been properly
drained.
c. Auxiliary Drain (B.6) is open.
d. The Emergency Release (B.11) is
closed.
e. The system water supply piping is
pressurized up to the closed Main
Water Supply Control Valve (D.1)
and the priming line is pressurized
up to the closed Priming Valve
B.1).
2. For Systems equipped with:
a. Hydraulic Release Systems:
a-1. Verify that all releasing de-
vices are set and that any In-
spector's Test Valve and/or
auxiliary drain valves are
closed.
a-2. Open Priming Valve (6.1).
Allow the hydraulic release
system to fill. When priming
pressure gauge (B.12) indi-
cates that the release piping
and priming chamber pres-
sure is equal to system sup-
ply pressure, proceed to Step
3.
a-3. Proceed to step 3.
b. Pneumatic Release Systems:
b-1. Set the release system.
b-2. Open Priming Valve (B.1).
b-3. Proceed to step 3.
c. Electric Release Systems:
c-1. Open Priming Valve (6.1).
c-2. Set the electric release sys-
tem.
c-3. Proceed to step 3.
3. Open Flow Test Valve (B.15).
4. Partially open Main Water Supply
Control Valve (D.1).
5. When full flow develops from the Flow
Test Valve (13.15), close the Flow
Test Valve.
a. Verify that there is no flow from the
open Auxiliary Drain (13.6).
6. Close Auxiliary Drain (13.6).
7. Fully open and secure the Main Water
Supply Control Valve (D.1).
8. Verify that the Alarm Shut-off Valve
B.9) is open and that all other valves
are in their normal" operating posi-
tion.
9. Depress the plunger of Drip Check
B.7). No water should flow from the
Drip Check when the plunger is
pushed.
10. Check for and repair all leaks.
11. On new installations, those systems
that have been placed out of service
or where new equipment has been
installed, trip test the system to verify
Deluge 220 d April 24, 2000
that all equipment functions properly.
Refer to MAINTENANCE paragraph
10-B-3: ANNUAL maintenance in-
structions.
Caution) Performing a trip test results in
operation of the Deluge Valve. Water will
flow into the sprinkler piping. Take neces-
sary precautions to prevent damage.
12. After completing a trip test, perform
SEMI-ANNUAL maintenance.
For normal operating position, refer to Figure 2
page 220 b) and/or Trim Charts and System
Data for the system used.
9-C. Valve Removed From Service
Note: When a valve has been removed
from service and is subject to freezing
or will be out of service for an ex-
tended period of time, all water must
be removed from the priming cham-
ber, trim piping, water supply piping,
and other trapped areas.
10. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
Refer to Figure 2, page 220 b, for identi-
fication of trim components).
10-A. Inspection
It is imperative that the system be in-
spected and tested on a regular basis.
The frequency of the inspections may
vary due to contaminated water sup-
plies, corrosive water supplies, or corro-
sive atmospheres. Also, the alarm de-
vices, detection systems, or other con-
nected trim may require a more frequent
schedule. For minimum maintenance
and inspection requirements, refer to
the National Fire Protection Associa-
tion's pamphlet that describes care and
maintenance of sprinkler systems. In
addition, the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion may have additional maintenance,
testing, and inspection requirements
that must be followed. The following rec-
ommendations are minimum require-
ments. (For additional information, refer
to Viking Trim Charts and System Data
describing systems with the release sys-
tem used.)
Weekly:
Weekly visual inspection of the Viking
Deluge Valve is recommended.
1. Verify that the Main Water Supply
Control Valve (D.1) is open and that
all other valves are in their normal"
operating position and appropriately
secured.
2. Check for signs of mechanical dam-
age, leakage, and/or corrosive activ-
ity. If detected, perform maintenance
as required. If necessary, replace the
device.
3. Verify that the valve and trim are ade-
quately heated and protected from
freezing and physical damage.
For normal operating position, refer to Figure 1
page 220 b) and/or Trim Charts and System
Data for the system used.
10-B. Tests
Quarterly:
Quarterly testing of water flow alarms
and performance of a Main Drain Test is
recommended and may be required by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
10-B-1: Water Flow Alarm Test
1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion and those in the area affected by
the test.
2. To test the local electric alarm (if pro-
vided) and/or mechanical water mo-
tor alarm (if provided), OPEN the
alarm test valve (13.5) in the Deluge
Valve trim.
a. Electric alarm pressure switches
if provided) should activate.
b. Electric local alarms should be au-
dible.
c. The local water motor gong should
be audible.
d. If equipped with remote station
alarm signaling devices, verify
that alarm signals were received.
3. When testing is complete, CLOSE the
alarm test valve (131.5).
Verify:
a. All local alarms stop sounding and
alarm panels (if provided) reset.
b. All remote station alarms reset.
c. Supply piping to water motor alarm
properly drains.
4. Verify that the alarm shut-off valve
B.9) is OPEN, and the alarm test
valve (B.5) is CLOSED.
5. Verify that the outlet chamber is free
of water. No water should flow from
the drip check when the plunger is
pushed.
6. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion and those in the affected area
that testing is complete.
10-B-2: Main Drain Test
1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion and those in the area affected by
the test.
2. Record pressure reading from the wa-
ter supply pressure gauge (B.13).
3. Verify that the outlet chamber of the
deluge valve is free of water. No wa-
ter should flow from the drip check
B.7) when the plunger is pushed.
4. Fully OPEN the Flow Test Valve
B.15).
5. When a full flow is developed from the
Flow Test Valve (B.15), record the re-
sidual pressure from the water supply
pressure gauge (B.13).
6. When the test is complete, SLOWLY
CLOSE the Flow Test Valve.
7. Compare test results with previous
flow information. If deterioration of
the water supply is detected, take ap-
propriate steps to restore adequate
water supply.
8. Verify:
a. Normal water supply pressure has
been restored to the inlet cham-
ber, the priming chamber, and the
release system. The pressure on
the priming chamber water pres-
sure gauge should equal the sys-
tem water supply pressure.
b. All alarm devices and valves are
secured in normal" operating po-
sition.
9. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion that the test is complete. Record
and/or provide notification of test re-
sults as required by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
For normal operating position, refer to Figure 1
page 220 b) and/or Trim Charts and System
Data for the system used.
10-B-3: Annual
Annual Trip Tests are recommended.
Cautionl Performing this test results in
operation of the deluge valve. Water will
flow into the sprinkler piping and from any
open sprinklers and/or nozzles. Take nec-
essary precautions to prevent damage.
1. Notify the Authority Having Judsdic-
bon and those in the area affected by
the test.
2. Fully open the Flow Test Valve (B.15)
to flush away any accumulation of for-
eign material.
3. Close the Flow Test Valve (B.15).
4. Trip the system by operating the re-
lease system. Allow a full flow to pass
through the deluge valve.
a. Waterflow alarms should operate.
5. When test is complete:
a. Close the Main Water Supply Con-
trol Valve (D.1).
b. Close the Priming Valve (B.1).
c. Open the Auxiliary Drain Valve
B.6).
d. Open all system main drains and
auxiliary drains. Allow the system
to drain completely.
S. Perform SEMI-ANNUAL mainte-
nance. Refer to paragraph 11-B
SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
7. Place the system in service. Refer to
Item 9-B, INSTALLATION: PLACING
THE VALVE IN SERVICE.
a. Note: Deluge valves supplied by
brackish water, salt water, foam,
foam/water solution, or any other
corrosive water supply should be
April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 e
flushed with good quality fresh wa-
ter before being returned to ser-
vice.
8. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion that the test is complete. Record
and/or provide notification of test re-
sults as required by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
11. MAINTENANCE
Refer to Figure 2 on page 220 b for
identification of trim components).
NOTICE: The owner is responsible for
maintaining the fire protection system
and devices in proper operating condi-
tion. The deluge valve must be kept from
freezing conditions and.physical dam-
age that could impair its operation.
Where difficulty in performance is expe-
rienced, the valve manufacturer or his
authorized representative shall be con-
tacted if any field adjustment is to be
made.
WARNING: Any system maintenance
that involves placing a control valve or
detection system out of service may
eliminate the fire protection capabilities
of that system. Prior to proceeding, no-
tify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
Consideration should be given to em-
ployment of a fire patrol in the affected
areas.
11-A. After Each Operation:
1. Sprinkler systems that have been
subjected to a fire must be returned to
service as soon as possible. The en-
tire system must be inspected for
damage, and repaired or replaced as
necessary.
2. Deluge valves and trim that have
been subjected to brackish water,
salt water, foam, foam/water solution,
or any other corrosive water supply
should be flushed with good quality
fresh water before being returned to
service.
3. Perform SEMI-ANNUAL mainte-
nance after every operation.
11-B. Semi -Annual Maintenance:
1. Remove the system from service.
Refer to Deluge or Preaction System
Data that describes systems with the
release system used for additional in-
formation.)
a. Close the Main Water Supply Con-
trol Valve (D.1) and Priming Valve
B.1).
b. Open the Auxiliary Drain Valve
B.6).
c. Relieve pressure in the priming
chamber by opening the Emer-
gency Release Valve (B.1 1).
2. Inspect all trim for signs of corrosion
and/or blockage. Clean and/or re-
place as required.
3. Clean and/or replace all strainer
screens (including B.2).
4. Refer to Item 9-B, INSTALLATION:
PLACING THE VALVE IN SERVICE.
11-C. Every Fifth Year
1. Internal inspection of deluge valves is
recommended every five years un-
less inspections and tests indicate
more frequent internal inspections
are required. Refer to DISASSEM-
BLY instructions provided below.
2. Internal inspection of strainers and re-
stricted orifices is recommended ev-
ery five years unless inspections and
tests indicate more frequent internal
inspections are required.
3. Record and provide notification of in-
spection results as required by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
11-D. Valve Disassembly
Remove the valve from service.
a. Close the Main Water Supply Con-
trol Valve (D.1) and Priming Valve
B.1).
b. Open the Auxiliary Drain Valve
B.6).
c. Release the pressure in the prim-
ing chamber by opening the
Emergency Release Valve
B.1 1).
For 3", 4", or 6"
Deluge Valve Disassembly
Refer to Figure 2 on page 220 f)
1. Remove the valve from service (see
the release system description and
Technical Data for additional infor-
mation). Close the main control
valve, open the main drain valve. Re-
lease the pressure in the priming
chamber by opening the Emergency
Release Valve.
2. Remove trim as required to allow re-
moval of cover (3).
3. Remove screws (7).
4. Lift cover (3) from body (1).
5. Remove clapper assembly (Nos. 2, 4,
5, 6, 8, and 10) by lifting it from the
body (1).
6. Inspect seat (9). If replacement is
necessary, do not attempt to sepa-
rate seat from body (1). It is not re-
movable.
7. To replace the diaphragm rubber (2),
remove the circle of screws (5). Re-
move the clamp ring (4) and remove
the diaphragm rubber (2).
8. To replace the seat rubber assembly
8), clapper assembly (2, 4, 5, 6, 8,
and 10) must be removed .from the
valve. Remove the circle of screws
10). Seat rubber assembly (8) can
be removed.
NOTE: Prior to installing a new clapper
rubber (2) or seat rubber assembly (8),
make certain that all surfaces are clean
and free of foreign matter. The plated
seat (9) must be smooth and free of
nicks, burrs, or indentations.
C. Valve Reassembly
1. Prior to reassembly flush the valve of
all foreign matter.
2. To reassemble, reverse disassembly
procedure.
Deluge.220 f April 24, 2000
1/Z" (15mm) NPT Top
1 2 3 4 I 6 5 7
Priming
C—
Chamber —
10
9 8 NPT Top:
Outlet
Chamber
I - — 3" Valve
3/4"(20mm)
E i 4" a 6" Va.
Inlet
er
1" (25mm) Chamb NPT
Top: V
11 15mm)
3"
Vol 1-
1/4"(32mm) 1 -
NPT Top 4" 3 6" Volvo 1 `
3 places) 2" (50mm) F.
F"
I E
I
Iz"
A
D — Figure
2 SIZE
A C D E F e Dimensions shown in parentheses
are mm. 3"
7" 4-1/4 5-3/8" 7-1/2" 3/4" 80mm)
178) r6-1/2"5-1/4" 108)
137) 190,5) 19,05) e4"& 6" valves ore with
4" 9" 7" 9"15/16onuloctured 100mm)
229) 133) 178) 228,6)(23,81)sculptured rlonges. Dimension
Indicates thickness
o1 flange 6"12" 7" 9-1/8" 11" 1" 150mm)
305) 203) 178) 232) 279,4) 25,4) of boll holes. 3"
4" AND 6" MODEL E-1 DELUGE VALVE MATERIALS CHART AND REPLACEMENT PARTS ITEM
NO.
3"
PART NO.
4"
PART NO.
6"
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL NUMBER
REQUIRED
3"
4" 6" 1
B Ductile Iron 60-4418 1 1 1 2
02492C 02377E 01974C Diaphragm Rubber EPDM 1 1 1 3
07983 07984 07985 Cover Ductile Iron 60-40-18 1 1 1 4
Clam Ping Bronze UNS-C84400 1 1 1 5
1 4 6 Screw Stainless Steel 6 8 12 6
Clapper Ductile Iron 65-45-12 Teflon° Coated 1 1 1 7
2 5 7 Screw Steel 10 12 15 8
02497B 02382E 02176B Seat Rubber AssemblyEPDM/Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 1 1 1 9
Seat Bronze UNS-CB4400 1 1 1 10
4 Screw Stainless Steel 6 8 12 11
PI , W NPT Steel 1 1 1 Note: —
Indicates replacement part not available. Indicates
part is available in Sub-Assemblyonly—see Sub-Assemblylist. SUBASSEMBLY
LIST 2,
4, 5, 6, 8,
and 10 02491
B 02376B 05703E Clapper Assembly Phillips
Drive Hound Head Screw, M. 10-24 x'/r" (12.7 rrrn) Lg. s Hex Head Cap Screw, W-13 x 1-1/2" (38,1 rrrn) Lg. 2
Hex Head Cap Screw,'/"-13 x 1-114" (31,8 rrrn) Lg. ° Hex Head Cap Screw, 3/8'-16 x 5B" (15,9 rtm) Lg. 3
Phillips Drive Fbund Head Screw, W. 10-24 x 318" (9,5 m-n) Lg. T Hax Head Cap Screw, 5/8'-11 x 1-314" (44,5 nTn) Lg. 4
Hex Head Cap Screw, 5/16"-18 x %" (12,7 rrrn) Lg. ° Hex Head Cap Screw, 3/8%16 x Y.' (12,7 rrrn) Lg. Table3
April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 g
Dimensions 3", 4", & 6" (80mm, 100mm, 150 mm) Deluge Valve
with Model E Deluge Valve Conventional Trim for 250 PSI WWP
t—
S
W
W
Z
J
1—
O
CL
X
Z
X
Q
Dimensions 3". 4", & 6" (80mm, 100mm, 150 mm) Deluge Valve
with Model E Deluge Valve Easy Trim for 250 PSI WWP
150 ft. (45.7 n)i - - - - ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- r---- - - - - -- 1 --_-1 I 1 100 ft. C30,5 n>
140 ft. (42,7 n> ---___--i-----r-_--4-----------r---- ----- -- 1 1 500 ft. (152.4 n>
I1000 ft. (304,8 n>
130 ft. C39,6 r.>i ---- ----y----L----1----1---- ---- ----'L----L----
120 ft. C36,6 n>i--------t---- ---- i---------- -----i------ ---+-y
110 ft. C33,5 n>----i----i-----r----T---------r---- Ir---- ;-- --;-----;--iI1111111I1I (N100ft. C30,5 n> i----1-----i ----L---- ----J----- ---- --- ---L----1-----I--1
1 1 1 1 1 =
90 ft. (27.4 n) r---------II---------- i---------t--- ----- I 1 I 1 -
y------- i LD U N
60 ft. C24.4 n>-------_ _^---r---I
r----------1-- W J Z1I1111111IIIJ70ft, (21.3 n)1____J__J ¢ J
1 1 I 1 1 F-- ry
60 ft. C18.3 n> -----+----_-_-_--_--___-y-----1--y Z Q W1111III1111 , W} [A
50 ft. (15.2 n) r_—_—i--_—_i_ - - — — r- T--__—___r--_—;--_--i---_—r----;—_---li--1 O = W
I I 1 1 140Ft. C12,2 n) L----1----1------'j----J-----L1____...L_---i'----1-___-1--1 > LL J
C W
30 ft. C9.1 n> r-------- 1---- ---- i----+----r----y----
I 1 1 1 1 Q'
I----+-y C3
20 ft. (6,1 n> r----
1 _-i-----r-----___T___-r----i-----J-----r----i-_---Ir-
Li
I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I10ft. 113,0 n)--J----1----L-___1----J-----L----J------__-L---_1_---J--J1I1I1II11II1
0 ft. (0.D n) h---------t-----f----y----------1 1 I 1 I 1 1
1 . 120PSIi60PSI10DPSI140PSI180PSI220PSI 250 PSI130kPo) C414 kPo) (690 kPo) (965 kPo> C1 241 kPo> (1 517 kPo) CI 724 kPo)
40 PSI 80 PSI 120 PSI 160 PSI 200 PSI 24D PSIC276kPo> (552 kPo> (827 kPo) C1 103 kPo> C1 379 kPo) C1 655 kPo)
SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE
Graph A
Maximum Allowable Pilot Heights for Select Equivalent Lengths of Hydraulic Release PipingFor3" (80 mm) Model E-1 Deluge Valves with 1/16" (1,6 mm) Restricted Orifice
Graph is based on W (15 mm) pilot sprinklers installed on (15 mm) Schedule 40 galvanized release system piping.
If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limits shown on the graph, use pneumatic or electric release system.
Deluge 220 h April 24, 2000
140 ft. (42.7 n- r-----T----r----r-------------r--------r----r--------r-
I I I I I I I I t 1 I 1 100 Ft. (30,5 n)
130 ft. (39.6 n) ---- ---- -L---- }----i----- ----- }--------------}-------- - I
500 ft. (152,4 n)
W I I I I I I I I I I t 1000 ft. (304,8 n)
2 120 ft. (36,6 --___---- 4
I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1
W 110 ft. (33,5 rJ 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
J100 ft. C30,5 n) i ---- ----- ---------1---- - i------- -
1 - I
1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 N
F. 90 ft. C27.4 n)F----1----+----L----•+--------------- - +----L----4-----+--4 '_
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I
1 1 I 1 I 1 I t 1 1 1 1
BO it. (24.4 n>i ---- i-----r----i----i----T----r -
I-----
r-----r---------t-- 0 H
1 1 1 1 1 Z
n- 70 ft. C21.3 n) ---------- L----}----=---- ------------}----J---- L WL~ ZII1I- 1 1 1 1 1 J J11IIII11II11
60 ft. C18.3 n> -(--a Q -JD111I1I11I1III— IXiII1II1I11I150ft. (15.2 n> r---- t-----t-----r-- ----r----r----Y----•------r--------t- Z Q C'J
X I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I W H
Q 40 ft. (122 n) L1 ---- - ---LI --- I I L1 ---- - ---L ---- }---
1 ----
J -J _J=
W1
1 I 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
30 ft. C9,1 n) (----1---- --L-----1---- - ---- --------+----L----4----.J--a L J
O W
1 1 1 I I I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 E20ft. (6.1 n> r------T----r-------------r--------T----r---------r-i C311111 ----I 1 I I I 1 I W
I 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I I 1
0 ft. (0.0 n)F----4----+--------4----+----+----;----+--------4----+-+
1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I
20 SI 60 PSI 100 PSI 140 PSI 180 PSI 220 PSI 250 PSI
C138 kPtt) C414 kPa) C690 kPa) (965 kPa) CI 241 kPc0 C1 517 kPa) -(1 724 kPn)
40 PSI 80 PSI 120 PSI 16D PSI 20o PSI 240 PSI
C276 kPn) (552 kPa) C827 kPo> (1 103 kPo> C1 379 kPn> (1 655 kPa)
SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE
Graph B
Maximum Allowable Pilot Heights for Select Equivalent Lengths of Hydraulic Release Piping
For 4" (100 mm) Model E-1 Deluge Valves with 1116" (1,6 mm) Restricted Orifice
Graph is based on 1/Y (15mm) pilot sprinlem installed on 1/2' (15mm) schedule 40 galvanized release system piping.
If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limits shown on the graph, use Pneumatic or Electric Release System.
170 ft. (51.8 N r--------T----r-------- r---- r---- n----- r----r--------T-
1 I 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 100 ft. (30.5 N
160 ft. Ua,7 N i ---- }----J--------_ ---- i-----L ----'I-----L---4---- ---- 500 ft. (I52.4 n)
I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I I I I Iwo ft, (3D4.e N
150 ft.(45.7 N L----J---------L----a-----I-----L----J-----1-----L----- - -J
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1140ft. (42.7 Nr---- ----- ____r---- ____T____r_ -------
130
1 1 1 1 1 I----1 1 1 1 1 1
W I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I 1
S 120 Ft. (36.6 niF----J____--
1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I 1
WI10 it. (33.5 Nr---- '+----- F-----r---- -1----t----r---- y------ r-----------r--
Z
J 100 ft. (30.5 N --------------} -------- i -- ---------}----------- i S
I I 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 H
F.. 90 ft. C27.4 ----------- -_J____
I---_
l.7 yIIIII11I11IIZUWOI11IIIII1111e0ft. C24.4 N r---- n----T----r---- '1----r r---- I----T----r---------- L+I J Z
I 1 I I I-J r..,
CL 70 ft. (21.3 N i ----{--------} ---- -- ---- ---- -----L ----}---- j-----j-- Q J
I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 ~ Cr
Z 60 ft. (10.3 n) L____i--______L_____l__-_L-___J____.y____L____./____1_.1 Z 0 W
Z I 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 1 I O= W50ft. C15,2 n) r--------T---- ----- T----r---------T----r---------t-
X I 1 1 1 1' I I I I I I 1
Q 40 ft. (12.2 N L --------1----J ----L-------J----- ---1----J J > W J
Z I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q'
30 it. (9.1 N L____J-______L____4__-_-L____L__-_J____+-___L__-_J____.L- (3111IIIII11111W
20 it. (6.1 n> r------T---- r---- r---- T-
I 1 ILL10it. (3.0 n) _-- -----1-1----
r----
1__--J L----'I-----L--------1--_-J J
I 1 1 I 1 1 i I
I I I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1
1 1 1
20ISI 1 60 PSI 100 PSI 140 PSI 180 PSI i 220 PSI 250 PSI
130 kPo> (414 kPo) (690 kPn> (965 kPo) • (1 241 kPo) (1 517 kPn) •(1 W PSI
40 PSI BO PSI 120 PSI 16D PSI 200 PSI 240 PSI
276 kPa) (552 kPo) (e27 kPn) 0 103 kPa) Cl 379 kPa) (1 655 kPo)
SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE
Graph C
Maximum Allowable Pilot Heights for Select Equivalent Lengths of Hydraulic Release Piping
For 6" (150 mm) Model E-1 Deluge Valves with 1/16" (1,6 mm) Restricted Orifice
Graph is based on 1/2" (15 mm) pilot sprinklers installed on W" (15 mm) schedule 40 galvanized release system piping.
If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limits shown on the graph. use Pneumatic or Electric Release System.
meplaces page uu a-g, oaten August zu, iuuts. Form No. F 053096AddedreferencetoEasyTrimandP.S.O.V.) —
Ts
I..... . .... .......
EQUIPMENT ENGINEERED FOR
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
r,
L
ESIli AM M
The *MNWZF =_ Dry Air Pac+" is a turnkey
system designed to provide the sprinkler
system with moisture free air to a -40 degree F
dew point. The air compressor is designed to fill
the sprinkler system to 40 PSIG in accordance
with NFPA 13, as well as provide the higher
pressure needed to allow the twin tower regener-
ative air dryer to function properly. Prior to
entering the regenerative air dryer, an air-cooled
aftercooler cools the compressor's hot discharge
air to a maximum 100 degrees F. A coalescing
prefilter with differential pressure gauge
removes oil vapor and other contaminants that
can destroy the desiccant in the dryer towers. A
combination particulate filter and regulator pre-
vents downstream migration of desiccant dust
while regulating air pressure to the sprinkler sys-
Separate Desiccant
Fill a Drain Parts for
Easy Maintenance -
Removable Intake
Filler with —
wealherhood
Compact Air —
cooled aftercooler
tem. All components are pre -piped, pre -tested Prefilter mun
and pre -wired for ease of mechanical and electri- Differential —
cal installation on site. Unit includes UL/FM Pressure gauge
approved Air Maintenance Device. -100' F
dew point achievable - Consult Factory
PRIVRE PRESSURE TANKS gibration Isolation
ads Included
I
Integrated Electronic grain
According to NFPA • 22
Air Compressors for Private Pressure Tanks are designed and rated to comply with the
recommendations of the NFPA in Pamphlet #22. Available as base or tank model.
MIN Integrated
I'ontrof Panel
Insures Pachage
Performs to
ipecification
I90¢1r Meier
Oversized Mufflers fot
Quiet Discharges and
tow Bie turessmre
iDewpoint -jest, fort,
1 Ir3; Air IDutlet
Combination
Afferfilter anti
3egulalor
19t/EM air
Viaineg6 a ace ?device
Special Units can be furnished with explosion proof motors, together with pressure controls and motor
controls to meet National Electrical Code Class I, Group D, Div. II hazards.
BMW AIR COMPRESSORS
For critical applications, HAU = Duplex Air Compressors with Automatic Alternation provide system
back-up for no down -time. Reduces wear on both compressor pumps.
XMER=PROOF COMPRESSORS
Base and Tank Mounted units suitable for outdoor installation.
Our En tiinc'c'rin ti Dc'lun tlnc'nt !s nvrrilnGl(' jO)' 1'C'CUI71171P11dQt1011 171161 1TU51LZ11 Of spccinl cnncl)ressnr units to nlec't !/Ulll' 1'C'1711ll'C'PIIC'17tS.
Call us with your specifications.
604 JEFFERS CIRCLE 9 EXTON, PA 19341
OR MR PACTM
SYSTEM
MODEL CAPACITY
NUMBER' GALLONS' 60 CYCLE 50 CYCLE
MOTOR
HP
DIMENSIONS
inches)
L W H
DAP500* 500 A 115V A 110V 2
44 23-1/2 69-1/2A230VA220V
A 230V B 220V
B 460V B 380V
DAP1000* 1000 B 230V B 220V 5 44 23-1/2 69-1/2
B 460V B 380V
DAP2000* 2000 B 230V B 220V 5 44 23-1/2 72-1/2
B 460V B 380V
Specify Voltage and Phase When Ordering
Add -50 to End of Model Number to Specify 50 Cycle
MAGNETIC UNE'003- 8 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION
SINGLE PHASE*
115 VOLTS 208/230 VOLTS SIZE MODEL NO.
THREE PHASE*
208/230 VOLTS 460 VOLTS SIZE MODEL NO.
Maximum
H.P.
1/3 H.P. 1 H.P. 00 MGOOA* Maximum
H.P.
1-1/2 H.P. 2 H.P. 00 MG006*
1 H.P. 2 H.P. 0 MGXOA* 3 H.P. 5 H.P. 0 MGXOB*
2 H.P. 3 H.P. 1 MG01A* 7-1/2 H.P. 10 H.P. 1 MG01B*
3 H.P. 5 H.P. 1 P MG15A*
Specify H.P., Voltage and Phase
NOTES
Page 2: * System pump up time based upon 701F system temperature. For other conditions, consult
factory for specific pump up times. All
wiring must comply with all state, local and N.E.C. requirements which take precedence
over advertising information. Units
must not exceed cycling four (4) times per hour and maximum 40% duty cycle. Consult
factory for details. Page
3: * Motor and Pump assemblies only. 800-
345-8207 FAX 610-524-8965
0.7/31/02 12:04 FAX 817 222 8550 _- CARTER _& BURGESS R001
CarternBurgess
FAX TRANSMITTAL
PROJECT: Blue Bell Creameries Distribution
Branch — Sanford, Florida
TO: Mr. Bob Bott
Deputy Building Official, Building
Department
City of Sanford
Sanford, Florida
cc: Mr. Steve Davis, Blue Bell
Creameries
cc: Mr. Erik Sharpe, Brasfield &
Gorrie
FROM: David Neely
C&B Telephone Number (817) 222-8500
777 Main Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
P.O. Box 901082
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-2082
Phone: 8117.222.8500
Fax: 817.222,8550
www.c-b.wTi
PROJECT NO: 290868.031
FAX: 4071330-5677
979/830-2111
904/493-6066
DATE: July 31, 2002
C&B Fax Number: (817) 222-8550
Total number of pages transmitted, including this page 1
REMARKS: Dear Mr. Bott:
sheet P-2.
This design has been approved for all of the Blue Bell branches approximately 37 branches Prior to this
a__ :- ---..... -[1 1. .-1..Wngh Mnii is not
pvc pipe for iust a very short distance until it discharges directly into a hub drain installed in a same
mechanical room as the air handling units
If this were not allowed, a condensate puma would have to be installed to puma the condensate water
outside the building, and this is not considered a reliable solution. Condensate pumps
mmo i
havefvie Pnhistory
from
Than You for our consideration of this variance request. k t {
Sincerely.
David Neel Carter & By ess C. -
D.'Vwdw'M"ft~ BCD Bw"a&OngHVwlwbob.eo"
Carter & Burgess, Inc. Cartw & Burgess Consuhants. Inc. Nixon & Laird Architects/Engineers. P.C. Nixon & Lalro Architects/Engineers. Inc. C&B Nevada. Inc.
lip, `
L ' 02 CITY OF SANFORD PEPMT APPLICATION GC permit # 0 2 —19 3 3
Permit No.: Date:
Job Address: 500 Gordon Street, Sanford, Florida 32771
Permit Type: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing X Fire Alarm/Sprinkler
Description of Work: Underground fire main — from _POS to flange spigot piece
Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits
Electrical: _Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS )
Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional)
Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines
Occupancy Type: _Residential X Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: 12 , 6 0 0 Value of Work: S 17 ,18 4 . 0 0
Type of Construction: Metal Flo6d Zone: Number of Stories: 1 Number of Dwelling Units: 1
Parcel No.: 2 7 —19 — 3 0— 5 0 4— 0 0 0 0— 0 0 5 0 (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description)
Owner/Address/Phone: Blue Bell Creameries, 'LP 1101 South Horton Street
Brenham TX 77834-1807
Contractor/Address/Phone: Southern Fire Protection 3801 East State Road 46, Sanford
407-323-4206 Robert H. Caldwell, Jr. State License Number: 74072300011990
Contact Person: Tiffany Kirk _Phone&Fax Number: PH 407-323-4200 Fax 407-328-8931
Title Holder (If other than Owner): N/A
Address:
Bonding Company: N/A
Address:
Mortgage Lender: N/A
Address:
Architect/Engineer N/A Phone No.:
Address: Fax No.:
Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has
commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction
in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS,
POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc.
OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with
all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF
COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY, IF YOU
INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR
NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT.
NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be
found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as
water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies.
Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713.
Signature of Owner/Agent
Print Owner/Agent's Name
Date
Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date
Owner/Agent is _
Produced ID
Personally Known to Me or
8/16/02
Signature of Contractor/ ent Date
Robert H. Caldwell, Jr.
Print Contractor/Agent's Name
Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date
CAROL ANNE MURCHISON
Notary Public, Stale of Florida
My comm. exp. July 11, 2005
Comm. No. DD 037233
Contractor/Agent is X Personally Known to Me or
Produced ID
APPLICATION APPROVED BY: Date: ff " Z 7 Z
Special Conditions:
1 -
1
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677
n <. '1 .7 . 7 t r1
DATE:
BUSINESS
ADDRESS:
PHONE NO.: 323— 41a0a FAX NO.: 3,S?- R--e2Tz
CONST. INSP. [ ] / 0 INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW
F. A. [ ] F.S. Z7 HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ ] B RN PERMIT [ ]
TENT PERMIT ] TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER [ ]
TOTAL FEES: $ J o (PER UNIT SEE BELOW)
COMMENTS: S 5,&-r
Address / Bldp,. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407-
330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take
place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I
will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances
of the City of Sanford, Florida.
Sanford Fire Prevention Division
1
I
Applicant's Sig atu e
Aur14-02 04:08on FraaBRASFIELD i GDRRIE
auC-06-67 83:55 PH
4078T0428T T-808 P.02/04 F-252
P.69
11115 ftillun111:N) rkvvkWW NJ.
W1Mf ;
NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT AWL
Mn I rlwNo Ff :31,71 /
T IE UNDERSIGNED herehr gives notice th tt t uptuverttts)t will be ntaJe it, cttain teal
I'I'1l't'r y, and IIIaccvrdancr with Chapter 711. 17on.la 1lasurvn, the following snfi tmsaon is
prow., J in Ihe, gorier of
I . 1j; AcIipri'm of properly
3. c;rss.•ral dcK•rtpuon of intprovcmcnt. 1 E cR pss,4•o•Eiv1 Vt. ....._ --- - -
1 t >„urr lnfinsnsti.,rt:
a. ! Name & Adtlrcrs:
7Zd7f -I V .7
1.. In crra In pr„Ihry.
Natixd• !k .1d.1rr„6 nt foe nimlfls: uticholdrr ,thsa th sn uwnery'
4}. (:,s,sracu,r's Name dt A.Id[sw.: at4lfrer .. [.-
1 - - - - -• 90o srLnrAf'sl sr %ice. Jf .A«0!1rev ti-s?Tlt
a. 1'hnrtr ttusnher:— Eo_ 14 -1;Pax nun)ber:7 p • i r. ---
S. Sul,.sy lnfotn)th.n.
IrE illtlll! a Name do Addcess--- _ _ . • _ ._ _.. _-- _ ._ _ . coil.
r• t; MORE
b Phone atunbcr:_ _ ..c. - Fax number:_..etEhK '; , ,+ a.i MUPT
d. Am sunr of 13,n.I: _ .-_........._-• ---._...._... `; pt11ECaJK. Pt.OHM
6. l.v Met's Nano & AJJress. / X11CAT_-. _..... ___-- - - r" ;. _'• " •-
a phuttc naml)er:_ . — h. Ntt
7 pe son within d)c 1tatc %of 1.10nJ,. Jv),Wsatcd by uwucr upon whum nutievv or othta
1 ,
I,,
oNarnti may lie
Adds erv_ as pruvislstil by 7 1.11(1) (a) 7 1 1.,rids >tur
rErr+._ _ _ -r --
J &ms a . --I &A.jA -
b. 1'lss>,tc m,n)lrer: . --..- .." t 1'Kx nantl,cr__._
N. In u.l.hru,r, to histsttelf, awact desigtsatcs...._,. _-- __-• - __-• •-• _ ,d:
so t•s:eivc a owl,y of she l.unur's Nostee a, p.,,va1vd ns.Sertt.,ss
1;.1.3 1) {b), l lottiJa at:.t»sea
a. Phtn>r number:—_ - - _ II. I sx nnn)her_
9. 1. rsruirm date of Notice u((:r,mmenccmtnt (ncv exlnrnqun date is one (1) year frum the. dell• „f recording unless a different &%te I-. specified).
11wt111Mlogo I googol p1Ar f ANI-
AsnadTtT of Owner)-- c/11 , 57'
t/e ...L gv,s WE c at
1 is c 1wtT coon Sva.,
rn nd sub scr jl "-f.,tc vac 8 K 04476 PCs 1659 ris
s_• _der nf_ . M22. , CLERRI S A :4GE98 6g7e JrlV
F/ 011NIN po Knrsam
r nz&/l 1). Shr n ... Mr vIIIt„r11"i„n capitct: O IT II IbId" wcowaeor"`
o'0N"
oattn
Nvt
a.f tw„n,es,o.rtartst.,ts.t:: tAOt.'tJMR-t u.Is,.t IrW'AI Y-r TTmptN„t:es of t'on,anrsee,srertt da•
j
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
F D
Plans Review Sheet
Date: September 17, 2002 OCC. Ch. 42 Storage Occupancy /Fire sprinkler reaction wet system
Business Name: 500 Gorden Street
Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200
Fax. (407) 328-8931
Engineer: Peter Tankel, P.E. Ph. (407) 657-5585
Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [[ X ]] Rejected []
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner
Comment: Instillation of double pre -action and wet system suppression system
1.1 Application — Instillation of one (1) F/S commercial and light industrial fire alarm
control panel> 1
1.2 Monitoring- Two dedicated phone lines required for fire department monitoring
End of the line test switch box function test required
Function test required to verify fire alarm monitoring
1
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
HONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 '
7,(
DATE: 7 " PE #: - 2^J3(ao E /
PROJECT: NAMJ BUSINESSADDRESS:
rOO <V r o,,j PHONE
NO.: - Z?211AX NO.: 3 ! J CONST.
INSP. [ J / O INSP.:[ J REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW F.
A. (] F.S. HOOD [ ] PAINTBOOJBURN PER IT [ J TENT PERMIT ] /
TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHERryf A; S' '. ! TOTAL FEES: $ (PER'
UNIT SEE BELOW) l I COMMENTS:
Address / Bldg. # /
Unit #
1. 2. 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12,
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Square
Footage
Fees
per Bldg. / Unit Fees must be
paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof
of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify
that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with
all applicable codes and ordinances of the City
of Sanford, Florida. 1 iApi Sanford
Fire Prevention
D pplicant's Sigriatur
CITY OF SANFORD PERMIT APPLICATION
OPermitNo.: 7/JW
IN Date:
Job Address: 500 Gordon Street Sanford Florida
Permit Type: Building Electrical
1,
Mechanical Plumbing X Fire Alarm/Sprinkler/
Description of Work: trouble interlock pre —action and wet system Suppression
Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits
Electrical: _Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS )
Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional)
Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines
Occupancy Type: _Residential x Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: 12 , 6 0 0 Value of Work: $ 7 , 1 0 0 _ n n
Type of Construction: Metal Flord Zone: Number of Stories: 1 Number of Dwelling Units: 1
Parcel No.: 2 7 —19 — 3 0— 5 0 4— 0 0 0 0— 0 0 5 0 _ _ (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description)
Owner/Address/Phone: Blue Bell Creameries 1101` South Horton Street
Brenham TX 77834-1807
Contractor/Address/Phone: Southern Fire Protection 3801 East State Road 46, Sanford
Robert H. Caldwell, Jr.. State License Number: 74072300011990
Contact Person: Tiffany Kirk _Phone&Fax Number: 407-323-4200 Fax 328-8931
Title Holder (If other than Owner): N/A
Address:
Bonding Company: N/A
Address:
Mortgage Lender:,
Address:
Architect/Engineer N/A Phone No.:
Address Fax No.:
Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has
commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating constructioninthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS,
POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc.
OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with
all applicable laws regulating construction and'zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF
COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU
INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR
NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT.
NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoundinthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as
water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies.
Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713.
Signature of Owner/Agent
Print Owner/Agent's Name
Date
Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date
Owner/Agent is
Produced ID
Personally Known to Me or
APPLICATION APPROVED BY:
8/30/02
agnature of Contractor/Ag Date
Robert H. Caldwell Jr
Print Contractor/Agent's Name -
Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date
CAROL ANN 4URCHISON
Notary Public, ale of Florida
My comm. exp, July 11, 2005
Comm. No. D4 037233
Contractor/.Agent is x Personally Known to Me or
Produced ID
Date: 9-- F— Z—
Special Conditions:
BUSINESS
ADDRESS.
MAILING
ADDRESS.;
STATE OF FLOREDA-
OFFICE OF TREASURER
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE
TALLAHASSEE , FLORMA
CERTIFICATE
STATE FIRE MARSHAL
RTMCATE OF COMPETENCY
THIS CERTIFIES THAT: ROBERT H CALDWELL JIL
3801 EAST STATE RD 46
SANFORD. FL 32771-
BUSI14ESS ORGANIZATION: SOUTHERN FIRE PROTEC-hON OF ORLANDO INC EXPERIENCE, KNOWLEDGE, SCIENCE, AND SKILLNOFCONTRACTSREQUUUNGTHEABILITY. TYPES OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, CONTRACTOR I INCLUDES THE EXECUTION REpAIR, OR SERVICE ALLToUMLLIGENTLYLAYOUTFABRICATE, INSTALL, INSPECT, ALTER -
EXCLUDING pRE.ENGINEEREb SYSTEMS.
0710112002 107 1 15 Seminole 74072300011990
Uccnsdpemiit Number
Treasurer
Iww=ce Commissioner
Fire Marshal
1073_580002 250-00 JOI 302004 Application # T.=
aF Expire Date SEMINO I
L
I
E;
COUNTY OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE STATE OF
FLORIDA Account 0:
053465 RAY VALDES,
TAX COLLECTOR LICENSE TO ENGAGE IN BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR
OCCuPATION.SPECIRED BELOW. M INSTALLAT-
IONS(73) ALARM Flkt--.0Rd'EtTION OF ORL-'.'INC.--"r- 740723000290/190 SOUTHERN. StateLic-4 3801 SIR
46..' SANFORD, FL_
3 2 EON`ikD'
M HOLLIS (FEES). A titSOUTHERN
FIRE'
PROTECTION'OF ORL INC 3301 SR
SANFORDIJ Ilfflllflfflllfllllflllflf
Amount
Paid: $
037284
RUG-06-67 03:55 Pm
YVIVIVYLV+ 1-eeo r.utiva r-[ac
P.6s
ilcorwitl t! —. T+-L f t.l; #- I H16 INSI kUh t:N 1 rtrr rs itU e
fl~ L C:
iNOTICE Of COMMENCEMENT ADON.
t:tt: +, . F u1-- --
lV% 1'1sfnl0
t Ff ;3}'7-f- /
T IF. UNDERSIGNED hctcby an -es n mice that uupt1ivenunt will be III;%& Iu «11ai 1 tt-al
lu-Ilvot v. and III accordance with Chapter 713. 11-ntla Sismara, the ft U-rwing In(t)rninclun is
prt-vid J in Ihi• N-rtt•c -f 01111Mtcncrnn•t.
I. 11iic ihtilm r.f pubpcny
3. C;j•nt•r1) dcFrnpur n of impruvcmcttt. ILE LIB. ,fin. ST•q.r yoN_LfN1/+-. . ..._ .
13, 000-
3 t 41trer Inful r tammi:
a. I Name & AddrrFR-
l 0 J. 10Vyiy_-* L
I.. Iruc e:-t In 1 r-perry:
Name tlt-1%ddre-+6 rif tco t-Ilnplc t,del t+ILtar Irthcx than nviier):
t ;+'nrrat:ttrr't N:tnlc & ALldres.: dR4.(EtQ o„fs_ _
P'j o vr!A atsr a•tc4 jttnP..e Jt T.
a. Phone, nwnl,er:- t27—Fi o_(f14 _T__ -1) Uax numbvr:_Lej. f 7r - q ` _-
5. Ctu cly InfutnlAti-,n'
a Namc & Address' Y--- - - .. _..•...-.. --- - ZEWltI COM
p iANrlt MORb'!E:
L Phone number--- -. -•-_---....... c. FAX nitlribCl':__ . rang 1 -a :.1' MOTn- COUNTY. ILL" d Arrtl lt (If Rtn d: I._— _•---.......- -•_-. __ .__..--_-- Noll
G. l.c Ou's Nattic & AJJrc.is. n/ _-_-- •--........ f_.: •
a--- ' ..-
h. I`Ax number . _ ..._ IL 2Q
7 he s-n within the Mime L f Ficitit.6 &:apetwd by uwocr upwl whurrl tlmier p ur uthet
dtl ttmcnta rrtt.y he served as pruvided by 711.13 (1) (a) 7 Fimicla Slatu,
A. Namt & Address:_4,"W-'_ s+_V- I/f41L0pE Ss ,6t.--
Ib. 1'hnnc ma,tlret:_---•--- - L 1'aX nt ntircr._..-
K. In 9111thmort r- hirnttelf. Owner desihmatcs_ .... ___ ___• _ __..._. 1.
tt Tt'Lctvr a ct py of hc I-witur's Nunce :it. p1+-t'LIL-d m Nccttun
711.1. I) (b), Florida Statutc:-
7.. Phone nunlbrn—_ .. . . . _ ..h.
9. 1'.x iratinn dale of Nurice to[C:ummenccrncnt (rhe rxl trauun date is anc (1) year from the
da t• if recurdtng unless a different duce I.. specified) II A1 1 0 A• fAf.
Signau TV r f Cwner)--
57E
11
J v1 s
AKA CLFFM (F CIMUIT coati
WHOLE COMTY
S%vorn t -ul sohscr ! 64-,rc Inc .8K tr404478 PG 1859
rhi.- 3 ._ day t f . _ _ . zn Q CLERK'S M 24v2916q 72
D arol am 01141143 vN
AFMADINO FEET 6.00
Knnwn crs nAlly/l 1). Shf vn My u(Im nINI'l-m cxpires:A CWM it M Noldolt
i [NEE l
MV COMYISBION j ppan rb
t:xrtRE9.4r r 2t. 006
oft n" matt 0r.-
Nuticc - r'--n-n-rOL.mrnl.docC: UwCUME- I t s.lsvl. LUt'AI ti-1 vrerht-\ Nutiee of Ca umnnrr+nrnt doe
CITY OF SANFORD
LICENSE DEPARTMENT
P.O. BOX 1788
SANFORD, FL 32772-1788
ISSUANCE OF LICENSE DOES NOT IMPLY THAT LICENSEE/PREMISES IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL
CODES. TO AVOID LATE FEES, THIS LICENSE MUST BE RENEWED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
USINESS NAM- I , 7. . I ik T'-
LOCATION A00d
R WT 1 iKLf7
T .s'TAL
YOUR
H t- -,,4 c:IRF- PRJTf-'CTT0N
i'ALt)lW'C-Lt_,p RosFRT
I FAST :JAT`f, Rf) 4,51
1277L
CAL[wEl-tq f(lr-gkT JP
3001 ".AST aTATL K0 46
SANFURO FL 3?T71
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
F 'D
Plans Review Sheet
Date: September 17, 2002 OCC. Ch. 42 Storage Occupancy /Fire sprinkler reaction wet system
Business Name: 500 Gorden Street
Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200
Fax. (407) 328-8931
Engineer: Peter Tankel, P.E. Ph. (407) 657-5585
Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment _[_X-]l Rejected [ ]
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examine
Comment: Instillation of double pre -action and wet system suppression system
1.1 Application — Instillation of one (1) F/S commercial and light industrial fire alarm
control panel>
1.2 Monitoring- Two dedicated phone lines required for fire department monitoring
End of the line test switch box function test required
Function test required to verify fire alarm monitoring
1
PROTECTOWIRE
Features
Basic two zone system.
Expandable — in multiples of two zones.
Two supervised audible circuits.
Lamp and system trouble circuit test.
Ground fault detection.
Initiating device circuit (IDQ alarm test.
Monitors up to 3,500 feet of Protectowire line heat
detector per zone.
Accommodates up to 30 PRO -series smoke
detectors per zone.
Description
The FS2000 is a fully supervised, non coded fire alarm control
panel available in multiple zone configurations. The FS2000 is
modular in design and features individual circuit control
modules designed to meet specialized system requirements for
commercial, institutional, and light industrial applications. The
system is FM approved and comforms to applicable NFPA 72
requirements for local and auxiliary protective signaling
systems. It may also be used as part of a proprietary fire alarm
system or, when the proper supplementary modules are
added to the standard system, for sprinkler supervisory service
or water flow.alarm and sprinkler/deluge system release.
The basic FS2000 control panel and its associated power
supply provide the following standard features: two supervised
IIIIIIIIII detection circuits, which may be field wired for either Class A
NFPA Style D) or Class B (NFPA Style B); two supervised
Class B (NFPA Styles W & Y) audible signal circuits; battery
charger and monitor; ground fault detection; lamp test; one set
of SPDT common alarm contacts, and two sets of SPDT
common trouble contacts.
RECEIYOOPVED
FM SEP 1
Flexibility
The basic FS20400 control panel is designed for easy expansion
of system capability by adding additional modules and
functions to the standard system. The'FS2000 will
accommodate a combination of the following options:
Protectowire alarm point location meter.
Extinguishing system release and supervision.
Water flow detection.
Fire and non -fire supervisory monitoring.
Intrinsically safe detection zones.
Municipal tie.
Supplementary relays.
A complete list of available options is included in the "How to
order" section of this catalog sheet.
System expansion
The basic FS2000 consists of two (2) detection zones, and
requires one module space in the system enclosure The ,zone
capacity of,the basic system can,be expanded up to a
maximum:of thirty-four (34) zones in -one enclosure,.by
utilizing the require&number of=EB-91 zone expander
board,,(s) . Each EB-91 zone expander board requires one
module space in:the enclosure and will -;accept two (2);plug-:in
type zone modules. Each zone'rnodule consists.of two ,(2)
individual detection circuits. To monitor the two detection
circuits, a red LED zone alarm indicator and a yellow zone
trouble indicator are supplied for each zone. Supervisory zone
cards utilize two yellow LED indicators per zone to indicate
supervisory alarm and supervisory trouble.
The modular system design enables the system to be modified
at any time. The required number of input and output circuits
and system options are custom assembled and tested at the
factory to assure exact conformance with the customer's
application requirements.
FS2000 Basic control module. Zone expander board
EB-91) with one plug-in
zone module.
System features
Nine system status indicators are mounted on the main control
board. A green POWER ON LED, a red SYSTEM ALARM
LED, a yellow SYSTEM TROUBLE/SUPERVISORY signal
LED, and a yellow GROUND FAULT indicator. Additional
yellow indicating LED's are provided for Alarm Silenced,
Audible Signal Circuit(s) Open and Shorted, Battery Low and
Battery Out.
System controls consist of five push button switches which
provide the following functions: system test, system reset,
alarm silence, trouble silence, and lamp and trouble test.
PDM-1000-1 Protectowire alarm point location meter
Protectowire introduces "smart" detector technology to linear
heat detectors. The PDM-1000-1 meter (Option A) may be
built into the FS2000 control panel to locate a heat actuated
point on the Protectowire line heat detector. The meter will
display the distance in feet or meters from the start of the
detector portion of the zone to the overheated or shorted point
on the Protectowire line heat detector.
PDM-1000-1 Protectowire
alarm point location meter with
16 zone alarm scanner.
Options A & C)
A zone alarm scanner option for the PDM-1000-1 is available
which allows for automatic display of the zone number in
alarm, as well as the alarm point distance location, while still
monitoring the remaining zones for an overheat condition. The
scanner, which must be ordered with the Protectowire meter
option, is available in the following configurations: 8 zones
Option B), 16 zones (Option C), and 32 zones (Option C2).
Solenoid;:monitoran&release=module
The.RS/RM-91.series solenoid monitor and release modules
are designed` to operate and supervise solenoid valves used for
actuation •of extinguishing systems.
Release logic and subsequent activation of the module is
governed by the appropriate detection zone module(s) in the
FS2000 control panel. When the alarm signal is transferred to
the release module(s), a 24VDC output is initiated to operate
the normally de -energized solenoid, which activates the
extinguishing agent release sequence.
The, -release circuits are supervisedfor open and. shorted co,
itrons'_ In the case of an open or short, the system trouble buzzer
will sound and the appropriate yellow indicating LED will
illuminate. A circuit disconnect switch is also provided to deactivate
the module during servicing of the system.
The solenoid monitor and"release module,is.availablein three
versions Option F (RM-91) is the basic module, which
contains two (2) independent 24VDC release circuits. Option
G (RS-91) contains two (2) independent 24VDC release
circuits plus two (2) Class B switch supervisory circuits. Both
models require one (1) module space in the FS2000
enclosure. FM approved loads for the RM-91 and RS-91
modules are: Skinner solenoid model LV2LBX25 and ASCO
solenoid models T8210A107, R8210A107, and 8210A107.
A third version, Option GG (RS-91D), is also available for
those applications which require operation of the Star Model D
deluge valve. This model contains two (2) release circuits and
two (2) Class B supervisory circuits, and requires one (1)
module space in the FS2000 enclosure. Option GG (RS-91D)
is the only model which has been FM approved for operation
of the Star Model D deluge valve.
Option U provides one (1) audible alarm signaling circuit which
may be wired in either a Class A (NFPA Styles X & Z) or Class
B (NFPA Styles W & Y) configuration. These plug-in modules
may be provided in a latching or non -latching mode and will
also accept up to four (4) inputs for selective activation by zone
or groups of zones. Option U requires half a module space in
the system enclosure and the total circuit load may not exceed
1.0 amp.
System enclosures
The FS2000 enclosures are designed to accommodate all
input and output modules, power supplies, and batteries (up
to 15AH) utilized in the system.
Each enclosure consists of a back box and door, fabricated of
heavy gauge steel and finished in a fine textured beige enamel
finish. Red enclosures are optionally available and may be
ordered by adding the suffix "R" to the enclosure model
number.
The enclosure door, which is mounted on heavy duty, sag -
resistant hinges, is fitted with a key lock and may be removed
from the'back box to permit easy installation and service.
Each enclosure is vented, which allows for internal placement
of the emergency standby batteries. The largest battery size
which may be installed in each model enclosure is indicated in
the chart below. When the system's battery size requirements
exceed the sizes shown, a separately ordered battery cabinet is
required. Consult factory for information.
Maximum
Module battery
Encl. spaces size Width Height Depth
EN2 2 10AH 21"(53.34 cm) 17"(43.18 cm) 5"(12.70 cm)
Solenoid monitor and EN4 4 15AH 21"(53.34 cm) 31"(78.74 cm) 5"(12.70 cm)
release module with Class B EN6 6 15AH 26"(66.04 cm) 31"(78.74 cm) 5"(12.70 cm)
supervisory circuits.
Option G)
EN9 9 15AH 26"(66.04 cm) 42"(106.68 cm) 5"(12.70 cm)
Intrinsically safe detection circuits
The FS2000 control equipment can be provided with
intrinsically safe Class B detection circuits for those areas that
are classified as hazardous. The voltage and current in the
detection circuits will be limited to values which are incapable
of causing an explosion in a Division 1 area. Protectowire line
heat detector and/or other non -energy storing initiating
devices may be used in these areas. Two options are currently
offered for the FS2000 system:
Option H utilizes a shunt diode barrier and has been FM
approved for NEC Classes I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, and G. This option permits the use of the
Protectowire alarm point location meter (Option A) but requires
that the system ground fault detection circuit be disabled.
Option K incorporates a DC isolator as part of the detection
circuit. This method is FM approved for NEC Classes I, II, and
III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G. Option K
permits the use of the system ground fault detection circuit, but
is not compatible with the Protectowire alarm point location
meter (Option A).
Audible alarm circuits
The FS2000 control panel contains two standard Class B
NFPA Styles W & Y) general alarm circuits which are
contained on the basic control board. These audible circuits
may be wired in a Class A (NFPA Styles X & Z) configuration
when Option T is ordered.
Additional audible alarm circuits may be added to the system
by utilizing alarm expander module(s) Option U (AE-91).
FS2000 specifications
and environmental ratings
AC supply
120 or 220/240VAC, 50-60HZ, 1.75 amp max.
Battery supply
24VDC 4.5-55 ampere hour
Gel cell (standard)
Nickel cadmium
Lead acid
Environmental operation conditions
Ambient temperature: 32-120oF (0-49°C)
Humidity: Max. 95% RH non -condensing
Primary system power
24V FWR by T1, 100VA typical
Greater VA rating, as required per system options
System regulated power
Each board (MB, EB, RS) has full voltage regulation,
12VDC and 24VDC
Audible signaling device circuits
24V — FWR with battery standby
Maximum current: 2 amp/circuit, 3 amp combined
Requires polarized audible devices
Relay contact ratings
Common alarm: 3 amp @ 30VDC or 120VAC resistive load
Common trouble: 2 amp @ 30VDC or 120VAC resistive load
Approvals
Factory Mutual
City of New York #MEA-374-91E
How to order
Step L., Determine the number of
detection zones required and
select the appropriate system
control unit from the models
shown in the table below.
Basic System Control Units
Enclosure
Model # module spaces Description
FS2002 1 2 zones
FS2004 11/2 4 zones
FS2006 2 6zones
FS2008 21/2 8 zones
FS2010 3 10 zones
FS2012 31/2 12 zones
FS2014 4 14 zones
FS2016 41/2 16 zones
FS2018 5 18 zones
FS2020 51/2 20 zones
FS2022 6 22 zones
FS2024 61/2 24 zones
FS2026 7 26 zones
FS2028 71/2 28 zones
FS2030 8 30 zones
FS2032 81/2 32 zones
FS2034 9 34 zones
Step 2. Select option code letter(s) and
show quantity when necessary.
Note options which require
enclosure module space(s).
Step 3. To determine the proper size
FS2000 enclosure, add the
module spaces required for the
basic FS2000 panel (Step 1) plus
the module spaces required for
the quantity of each option
selected (Step 2), If the total
module spaces required for the
system exceed the size of the
largest enclosure, a second
extender enclosure will be
required. Select two enclosures
whose total module capacity
equals or exceeds that required
for the complete system.
Step 4. Finalize complete system
model number as shown in the
System model number ordering
guide at right.
Step 5. The FS2000 is custom assembled
and tested at the factory as a
complete system. In order to
assure exact conformance with
the customers' operational
requirements, each order should
be accompanied by a brief descrip-
tion of the panel's operating
logic and zone functions.
Information Note:
Refer to Data Sheet #9025 for additional
information on FS2000 options.
System model number
ordering guide
Model number of basic system control unit selected
in Step 1.
AC operational voltage 120 or 220-240VAC —
50/60HZ.
Battery charger adjustment GC — Gel Cell (Std.)
NC — Nickel Cadmium
LC — Lead Cells
Options/ Encl. mod.
Quantity space
A Protectowire alarm point location
meter #PDM-1000-1
B 1 8 zone alarm scanner`
C
C2
1 16 zone alarm scanner Requires Option A
1 32 zone alarm scanner`3
D V2 Water flow detection zones (2/card)
E 1/2 Switch supervisory circuits Class A/B
2 circuits/module)
F 1 Solenoid monitor & release module
2 release circuits/module)
G 1 Solenoid monitor & release module
w/Class B switch supervisory (2 release &
2 supervisory circuits/module)
GG 1 Solenoid monitor & release module for Star
Model D w/Class B switch supervisory
H 0
2 release & 2 supervisory circuits/module)
1-2 zones) Intrinsic safety barrier for Class B
1 3-16 zones) detection circuits (Not available
2 17-32 zones) with system ground fault detection)
K 0 1-2 zones) Intrinsic safety barrier for Class B
1 3-8 zones) detection circuits. (Not compatible
2 9-16 zones) with Option A)
3 17-24 zones)
4 25-32 zones)
L Auxiliary zone alarm relay — SPDT
LL Auxiliary zone alarm relay — DPDT
M Municipal tie unit (series type)
N Municipal tie unit (shunt type)
P Battery charging meters
Q Time delay relay
R Auxiliary common alarm relay — DPDT
S Auxiliary common trouble relay — DPDT
T Class A (NFPA Styles X & Z) audible circuits
main panel, general alarm only) U V2 Alarm expander card (1 circuit, Class A or B)
V Zone voting module
W PS-91 auxiliary power supply
Enclosures
EN2 2 module enclosure
EN4 4 module enclosure
EN6 6 module enclosure
EN9 9 module enclosure 'not approved by FM
FS20 m - FEE - ED I - [TT]
Example:
FS20 02 120 GC G2 EN4
FS2000, two zone panel for 120VAC 50-60HZ input, gel cell battery,
2) solenoid monitor and release modules w/Class B'switch supervisory2release & 2 supervisory circuits/module) in a four module enclosure.
The Protectowire Co., Inc.
Post Office Box A, Hanover, MA 02339
617-826-3878, FAX 617-826-2045
Special hazard fire alarm systems
Litho in U.S.A.
FOTM 9004B-193
Line coverage ... continuous sensitivity.
Three temperature ratings.
Withstands moisture, alkalies, dust,
low temperatures.
Approved for hazardous locations.
No contacts to foul.
Easy to install and test.
Economical, no maintenance expense.
Add to the system if expansion is required.
Protectowire line heat and fire detector is a proprietary cable
that detects heat anywhere along its length. An entire system
wiring is turned into a continuous fire detector.
Ideally suited to industrial high risk hazards, this detector is
used extensively in steel mills, power generation plants, pulp
and paper mills, chemical, cement, aluminum and coal
preparation plants. Line detection has unique advantages
when used in areas of limited access and surveillance,
pollution, dust and corrosion — where early detection of a fire
in its incipient stages can be of inestimable value.
Equally adaptable to commercial applications, line heat and
fire detection is widely used in schools and colleges, churches,
historic sites, municipal buildings, government installations and
agricultural buildings.
The detector can be run throughout all parts of a building
including all rooms, halls, storage areas, basements, lofts and
accessible spaces. Stairways, elevator shafts, closets and
chutes may also be protected.
Detection is assured at any point along the run.
OUL FM ULn
LISTED APPROVED
Fast, dependable, proven
fire protection
Actuators
Heat sensitive
material
Protective
tape
Outer
covering
Approximately
1/8" diameter
Line coverage
point sensitivity
Protectowire line heat and fire detector is
comprised of two actuators individually
encased in a heat sensitive material.
The encased actuators are twisted
together to impose a spring pressure
between them, then spirally wrapped
with a protective tape and finished with
an outer covering to suit the environ-
ment of use.
At installation a device is connected to
one end of the actuators so that when a
power source is added a small monitoring
current passes continuously through the
detector and supervisory circuit. At the
critical or operating temperature the
heat sensitive material yields to the
pressure on it, permitting the actuators
to move into contact with each other.
This action takes place at the first
heated point anywhere along the
detector. The heat does not have
to result from open flame, nor
produce any specified density of
smoke, nor increase at any
particular rate. Heat alone causes
the alarm.
Typical Protectowire fire alarm system
Sprinkler OS & Y
gate valve
Conveyor
motor
controller
Master box
End of line resistor
ELR
Deluge
valve
Alarm
bells
Aux. unit
O O
O O O
O 0 O
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
Special hazard
applications ...
Cable trays
Conveyors
Power distribution apparatus:
Switchgear, Transformers,
Substations, Motor control
centers, Resistor banks
Dust collectors / baghouses
Cooling towers
Government installations
Warehouse rack storage
Mines
Pipelines
Bridges, piers, marine vessels
Refrigerated storage
Tank farms
Hangars
Computer rooms
Protectowire line heat and fire detector
pinpoints the exact locations of an over-
heating condition anywhere in these high
risk hazards and withstands all of their
aggressive atmospheres indefinitely.
Vital systems are kept in operation.
This detector meets intrinsically safe
standards when used with Protectowire
control panels FM approved for Class I,
II or 111, Div. 1, Applicable Groups A,
B, C, D, E & G hazardous areas.
Irradiation tests prove no detector
embrittlement or insulation breakdown
when exposed to gamma radiation at a
rate of 3.6x105 rads/hour.
Water flow switch End of line resistors
ELR
Smoke detectors
CI
Fire
Pull ELR
Manual station
Fire
Pull ELR
Protectowire line heat and fire detector
Remote annunciator
Batteries
Control panel
Simple
installation
The detector is installed in continuous
runs without taps or branches in
accordance with applicable sections of
NFPA Standard 72E, National Electric
Code and local codes and ordinances.
Except for zoning requirements (alarm
source indication) the length of runs is
limited only by the electrical characteristics
of the control equipment or transmitter
with which the detector is associated.
The detector can be placed on the
ceiling of the area to be protected or on
the walls within 20 inches of the ceiling.
s
2
S
s
2
s
Ceiling of protected area
S = Listed spacing. See chart below.
Messenger wire
On long runs in areas where mounting
is difficult, the use of Protectowire on a
carrier or messenger wire is
recommended. When using messenger
wire to support line heat detector,
turnbuckles and eyebolts should be
employed at each end of a run to place
tension on the carrier wire. The
maximum run length should be 250
feet, but the messenger wire should also
be supported with approved fasteners
at a maximum of 50 foot intervals to
reduce the sag or droop.
Messenger wire is available on special
order, with any type of Protectowire. It
consists of high tensile strength stainless
steel wire, which is wound around the
Protectowire at the rate of one turn per
foot.
Temperature ratings and model numbers
Specifications
The detector is made in different
temperature ratings to allow for
differences in normal or ambient
temperature. Guidelines for selecting the
proper rating to be installed in a given
area are the same as for automatic
sprinklers and other heat actuated
devices. For ambient temperatures not
exceeding 100°F, install Regular (155°F)
Protectowire. For ambient temperatures
exceeding 100°F but not 150°F, install
Intermediate (190°F) Protectowire. For
ambient temperatures exceeding 150°F
but not 225°F, install High Test (280°F)
Protectowire, Regular, Intermediate and
High Test detectors all have the same
principle of actuation and are easily
spliced together in series with PWS or
PWSC splicing devices. Each will operate
at its specific alarm temperature without
influence from adjacent line detectors that
are rated differently.
Flexible leads or compression fittings are
required for connecting the detector to
copper wire or terminals. Electrical rating
is 30VAC, 42.4VDC or peak voltage.
Resistance is approximately 1 ohm per 5
feet of twisted pair.
Rated temperature 155 °F (68.3 °C) Regular 190 °F (87.8 °C) Intermediate 280 °F (137.8 °C) High Test
Maximum ambient Up to 100°F (37.8°C) 100°F (37.8°C) to 150°F (65.6°C) 150°F (65.6°C) to 225°F (107.2°C)
temperature where detector
will be installed
Standard service (indoor) PHSC-155 PHSC-190 PHSC-280
Red braid White braid, brown tracer Red braid, brown tracer
see note 1) see note 2)
Moisture resistant PHSC-155-P PHSC-190-P PHSC-280-P
Type P Red tape over braid White tape over braid Blue tape over braid
Industrial and PHSC-155-EPC PHSC-190-EPC PHSC-280-EPC
outdoor exposure Extruded red PVC Extruded white PVC Extruded blue PVC
Type EPC
Abrasion and PHSC-155-EPN PHSC-190-EPN PHSC-280-EPN
chemical resistant Black weather resistant Black weather resistant Black weather resistant
Type EPN nylon over PVC nylon over PVC nylon over PVC
NOTES: 1. Available on special order with white nr hrnwn hraid
2. Available on special order with red braid, white tracer, or brown braid, white tracer.
3. All types of Protectowire can be supplied on Messenger Wire. Add suffix "-M"to above model number(s).
Listed spacing information
Approvals Standard service Type P Type EPC Type EPN
UL 15 ft.
ULC 15 ft. 15 ft.
FM 25 ft. 25 ft. 25 ft. Pending
Installation Splicing
N,urrierous accessories are approved for installation of
Protectowire line heat and fire detector. These include several
types of clips and straps, drive rings, special copper clad
staples, cable standoffs and messenger wire. Their proper u'se
assures a neat and workmanlike installation. Other devices
which are not specifically approved should not be used.
The different ratings of line detectors all have the same size
conductors and are readily spliced together by means of PWS
or PWSC splicing devices, which are manufactured to close
itolerancesforthisspecificpurposeandaretheonlyapproved9
methods of splicing the detectors.
Accessories
The Protectowire Company offers an assortment of fasteners and splicing
devices to facilitate installation for a wide variety of applications.
Ill CC staples
SPS straps
PWS splicing sleeves
Special application items
Cable tray installations
PC-2 mounting clips
Will clamp to trays
i° 030" (.76 mm) to
065" (1.65 mm) in thickness
CC-2N mounting clips
Will clamp to trays
06" (1.52 mm)
to .16" (4.06 mm)
Also available:
CC-2W mounting clip
Will clamp to material
between .16" (4.06 mm)
to .25" (6.35 mm)
WAW corner clips
PDR drive rings
DIRT drive ring tool
OHS line clips
PWSC splicing connector
Flexible leads
Sprinkler related installations
PM-2 series — Pipe mounting straps
Catalog Pipe size
PM-2A 75" (19.1 mm) to
2" (50.8 mm) in thickness
PM-213 2.5" (63.5 mm) to
5" (127.0 mm) in thickness
PM-2C 6" (152.4 mm) to
10" (254.0 mm) in thickness
PM-3 series — Pipe mounting straps
Catalog Pipe size
PM-3A 75" (19.1 mm)
to 2" (50.8 mm)
PM-313 2.5" (63.5 mm)
to 3.5" (88.9 mm)
Larger sizes also available)
PM-3
Nylon)
Pipe\
System capabilities
Holding
block
Protectowire
goes here
Protectowire line heat and fire detector is a component of a
complete family of systems manufactured by The Protectowire
Company — a leader in fire detection for over fifty years.
Capabilities include meeting any fire defense need from
multiple alarm zones to auxiliary equipment shutdown and
automatic extinguishing., Modular in design Protectowire
detection systems meet specific individual requirements and
allow for system expansion at any time, providing long range
economy. For further information, call or write:
The Protectowire Co., Inc.
Post Office Box A, Hanover, MA 02339
617-826-3878, FAX 617-826-2045
Special hazard fire alarm systems
Litho in U.S.A. Form 6592K-193
02/13/2003 06:55 904-493-6066 BRASFIELD AND GORRIE
02/221%t 12_'@3_ 09:13AM BLUE BELL PLT MRINT
BRASFIELD AND WRK1h
dw
r
PAGE _02/02
I
trJ
4730 51116ury Rwd. 9une I"
14d;;"V1114, Florida 33396
1l1. 904An,4191
fort 904,499.6016
www.bratfla Idq*n%rora
February 12, 2003
Mr. Bob Bott — MS. Qfhcial
City of Smfmd
PO Box 1788
Seaford, FL 32772
RJ&-- Blue H&H Cresmerios D utton Centet
5mrbrd, FL
Dear Nit. sow
pursusat to our C=mrsatioa, Blue sell Creameries will Commence to store ice cream
product in ft tresses of the above d facility on b4onday, ply 17, 2003
ahead of our obtaining of the Certificate of Occupancy
In addition, Brasfield & Gonie and Blue Bell Cregmades indemnify and bold hu mless
ti3e City of Seaford and its Bu3l "Departincat employees from any liability oagwA by
our actim.
Should you havo any questiaw.. please do not hadtate to call Steve Davis with Blue Bell
Cre =cries at 979-83 &7977 or myself
Sincerely,
B d r'
r le, LLC
Erik e
project Mannar
Cc: Bobby TYaylor
File _
Blue u Crumerim LP
Stave.DRVU
Director of Facilities
02/13/2003 08:55 904-493-6066 BRASFIELD AND GORRIE PAGE 01/02
BlMfUaM
WRM
LLC.
4720 Salisbury Road, Ste. 104
Jacksonville, FL 32256
FAX Cover Sheet
TO: 130b ' FROM:
jt 1 K "sy'4J'PE COMPANY:
PHONE
NUMBER: 904-493-6101 y'
r O F ..TprJF Q FAx
NUMBER: 904493-6066 FAX
NUMBER: Q'1- 33 0 6 % PAGES: + COVER PAGE PHONE
NUMBER: DATE:
2l i3 1 oZ RE:
JSLVF- 6(.LL. r-.*C j tr, t CC:
URGENT
FOR REVIEW 0 PLEASE COMMENT . PLEASE REPLY PLEASE RECYCLE Note:
bo
gI f
f- V O lt— C--*/VV115'L 5,+?7 ,0" , If
you did not receive all of the pages or find that they are illegible, please call SENDER at 904-493-6101 CONFIDUMALUY
NOTE: The
following facsimile is intended to whom it is addressed and may contain information that is privileged, confidential, or otherwise
exempt from disclosure under applicable law. If the reader of this message is not the intended recipient or the employee
or agent responsible for delivering the message to the Intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any dissemination,
distribution, or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If you have received this communication in
error, please immediately notify us by telephone and return the original message to us at the above address via the U.S. Postal
Service. Tbank you.
r
CITY OF SANFORD ELECTRICAL APPLIC [TION
PERMIT NO. V DATE: —Al G
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE
FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL WORK:
0oee*,Nf6e14ESOWNER'S NAME: V Rgil—
ADDRESS OF JOB: S Gt021 O J `fir `
ELECTRICAL
Subject to rules and regulations of the city electrical code:
By signing this application I am stating I am is c ( e 'ib t ectrical Code
V '
2— 00
pplicant's Signature
Q 7r—
States License#
m
m O \
ZONE 2
ac —:p
EMMEM-
a ZONE 3
Coo*
2
ZONE 1
ZONE 1
ZONE 4 - Alarm
ZONE 5 - Trouble
NtSuppression Sys. ; (by
others.) 0-
IpN n-In ozozmz
T -
Wspol oA30,
m 10rDp
DIUl;
U,
vxmz l OOmmmrn aiz,
D,:u O-
1-I-3'mOD-I Imm-+ Ion'( FIELD VERIFY
EXACT LOCATION
a D
D
Zmo
TiZ<!-
Di(
AA V 2 z -LjgOZmm-
1 m0 m Z01(n> ;
UCO 1 q mZ-
c0f000 M205RD gXrOM00>
0ORA-4>-
Ia *F> 20rmm=mr
ZONE 1 ZONE
LEGEND WATER
FLOW AND
TAMPER SWITCHES ZONE 2 PULL
STATION AT FCP ZONE 3 SMOKE
DETECTOR AT FCP ZONE 4 ALARM
FROM SUPPRESSION PANEL ZONE 5 TROUBLE
FROM SUPPRESSION PANEL 0 FIRE ALARM
FLOOR
PLAN SCOPE OF WORK:
THIS SYSTEM IS
DESIGNED TO MONITOR THE SPRINKLER do SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ONLY, 1.) INSTALL A
SMOKE DETECTOR OVER THE -FCP". 2.) INSTALL A
PULL STAION NEXT TO PANEL. 3.) PROGRAM PANEL
FOR SITE MONITORING. ro ro inFmw`
S Y
M
B 0 L L E SOME SYMBOLS MAY G E NDNOTBEUSED'
Two) FM p"
m Lm ro mm OW.
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER OUTLET BOX FIRE ALARM CONTROL
PANEL/OMLER (FCP) EST FS502 MANUFA. FACP FFAQ1FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM ANNUN. (FAAP) SEE SPECMATK)N SHEET HORN SEE SPECIFICATION
SHEET f(Q STROBE
SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET 1 MANUAL STATION
2790-1110 4- SQUARE W/ 1-GANG RAISED COVER S-2 SPRINKLER
WATER FLOW SWTCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH
BY OTHERS BY OTHERS it JUNCTION BOX
BY OTHERS BY OTHERS FLOOR ENO-OF-
UNE
DEVICE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET PER DEVICE 05SMOKE DETECTOR EC30U-
3 4• SQUARE ./SINGLE GANG RING FIRE ALARM CONTROL
PANEL DETAIL N.T.S.
DUCT DETECTOR BY OTHERS BY OTHERS U7 W af
QLLJtTi
Ld
W
FesF^ NM
U za! 0
1 0vW
0°Ip
m O C
0 y W
J m
SHEET
1
1
s 1
u
LINE L WARNING: Never replace fuse while circuit Is energized. CAUTION: The panel does not indicate
EARTH GND j Replacement fuse must be of equivalent size and type. when JP6A Is missing. A shorted NAC circuit
N CAUTION: The middle connection on the terminal block makes a may damage the equipment If NAC Jumpers
NEUTRAL mechanical connection to the chassis even with the ground wire removed. are missing or set Incorrectly.
5 A, 250 V. SLO-BLO JP7 wire loop 1121
DETAILA ® (Littlefuse PM 218005) t r
t OACTIDialer (optional) r
t
TBS
0COMMONTROUBLERELAY (101
1 A @ 30 Vdc, resistive 2)
Nonsupervlsed
0
See COMMON SUPERVISORY RELAY [101 0
DETAIL A I A Q 30 Vdc, resistive
NonauperAsed 0
COMMON ALARM RELAY (10)
1 A e 30 Vdc, resistive
Nonsupervised
REMOTE MODULE
COMMUNICATION BUS
13 ft 0.03 µF, max r24VOUf- 1 AUXILIARYISMOKE OUT—
POWER OUTPUT24Vdc,nominal @ 500 mA
MAIN SUPPLY CIRCUIT
120 V. 60 Hz, 0.8 A or
230 V. 50/60 Hz, 0.4 A
from dedicated branch supply
DACT
connector
17 TB2
JP6A CM 0
JPIA ® Fil
CAUTION: Break the wire run at each field
device to provide proper connection supervision.
Do not loop wires under terminals.
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS 12113115 [11J
Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z)
Operating voltage; 24 Vfwr
Operating anent: 1.5 A /cIrcuil, 2.5 A total
Circuit impedance: 13 SL 0.03 µF, max
EOLR: 4.7 kf1 112 W (P/N E0L4.7)
NAC1- EOLR
NAC1+
NAC2+
IDC1+
IOCt-
IDC2+
IDC2-
IDC31,
IOC3-
IDC4+
IOC4-
IDCS
RECHARGEABLE BATTERY CIRCUIT 0 +
o Voltage: 24 Vdc 0
IDCS-
OZ 24VAC RED Amp -hour capacity: 18 Ah maximum sealed
w IN E1 BLACK lead acid batteries only INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS [2] 131 [g) [11)
0 0 F2 0 Class B (Style B) or Class A (Style D)
T81 Operating voltage: 16.3 - 25.7 Vdc
Operating current; 1.5 mAlcircuft, max
12 Vdc 12 Vdc Circuit Impedance: 13 R, 0.03 pF, max
Battery Battery EOLR: 4.7 kn. 1/2 W (P/N EOL4.7)
Nole: Standby batteries larger than 7 Ah must
be Installed In a BC-2 battery cabinet.
EOLR
RECEIVED
FEB 14 2003
0
W
Jumper Setting Description
Normal made
PRG
Q Programming mode
EM NAC1 and NAC2 = Class B
JPIA6JP6A
NACU = Class A Out
NAC2 = Class A Return
I U IOC1 and IDC2 = Class B
JP3A&JP2A
IOC I = Class A Out
IDC2 = Class A Return
a IDC3 and IDC4 = Class B
JP4A BJPSA
IDC3 = Class A Out99IOC4 = Class A Return
PRG E3 TB3
0
0
JP3A & JP2A 0
0a0
JP4A 8 JPSA e
02/11/2003 15:53 FAX 941 753 1806 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECH. Z 003
Jumper settings and wiring diagrams
REMOTE MODULE AND
REMOTE RELAY WIRING (6)
C-
C+
24VDC+
24VDC-
TYPICAL FOUR -WIRE
SMOKE DETECTOR CIRCUIT (2) jd) M
IDC1«
24VDCs UUULC LISTED
2 2 EOL RELAY
sLOn :f. rJL •E_: L'_3. 1JP.rut. e. Nl` •" •:inn:: .'..`..
rlh._ti
1 1
Keep power -limited wiring In the shaded
area and nonpowerlimited wiring in the
unshaded area at all limes.
24VDC- (shown energized)
IDC1- 16) Requires continuous 24 Vde from the AUX Power
4.7 M terminals or a power -limited UUULC listed compatible
tiro signaling power supply
WATERF.LOW l SUPERVISORY COMBINATION CIRCUIT.)4) (6) M IDC circuits do not support alarm verification using four-
M, ikf2r 3.G kin
wire smokes. Requires reseffable 24 Vdc from AUX
a- 1.1
a
WF - WF SS` SS i
Power terminals.
6) Combination circuits consist of wwalertiow switches (WF)
and their associated valve tampers (SS).
NOTES 191 Automatic and manually activated alarm InWatirg
devices can be installed on the same IDC circuit
1 All wiring is power -limited except forAC power and battery wring. All wiring regardless of circuit type except for combination circuits
is supervised unless noted otherwise. option 6, selling 6 and 6)
2) Class A wiring riot supportod 110) Relay circuits can only be connected to power -limited
131 Listed EOLRs must be Installed as shown for proper supervision sources
14) For UL installations use EOLR PIN EOL3.6-1.1 which Includes one 1.1 kn 1111 Installation limits under)urisdictitn of local authority
PIN EOLIA) and one 3.6 kR (PIN EOL3.6) resistor. For ULC installations 112) Refer to the FireShleld Technical Reference Manuel
use EOL-P1 and select the 1.1 kn and 3.6 kn resistors. PIN 310D353) for the topic 'Installing the FSDACr
15) Marking indicates output signal polarity when the circuit is active. Polarity
reverses when the circuit is not aclivo. Wino notification appliances
accordingly. Notification appliance polarity shown in active stale.
CA FireShield Technical Reference Manual
SMALL BUILDING LIFE SAFETY SOLUTIONS
MM FireShield
Fire Alarm Control Panels
Fire Dept.
Finallnspr
Easy to install
Simple to operate
No -fuss programming
Integrated DACT/
Dialer
Available in 3, 5, and
10 IDC models
Ideal for all small
building applications
Economical fire detection from the most trusted
name in life safety for over 130 years."
RECEIVED
FEB 15f4 A>03
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY rid
Location: Flower shop
Environment: Finely decorated, gentle hues
Solution: FireShield remote annunciators, Genesis horn -strobes
FireShield remote zone and
system annunciators mount
to standard electrical boxes
and present a clean, finished
appearance that blends
discretely with any decor.
Reliability you've come to e:
FireShield fire alarm control panels demonstrate that
value does not have to come at the expense of quality, and that small build-
ing owners don't have to settle for second-rate fire protection. With FireShield
comes a full lineup of advanced features designed expressly for new and
retrofit projects that cry out for simplicity, yet need state-of-the-art protection.
These two attributes aren't mutually exclusive in a fire alarm control panel. At
least not now.
FireShield takes the very best conventional fire alarm technology available
today and blends it together with features that benefit installers, contractors,
building owners and occupants to provide on effective and economical solution
for all small building needs.
Building owners like FireShield'spriceandthepieceofmind
IN, comes from (snowing their property is protected by equipment engineered
and manufactured by the some people responsible for fire protection in some
of the most valuable buildings on the planet. For over 130 years the Edwards
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY J
pect from the ind ustry's leader in fire alarm technology.,""
name has been identified with the highest standards in property protection.
Our name, and the quality and excellence it has come to represent, stands
behind every FireShield control panel.
Building occupants are big fans of FireShield even
though they may not he aware of its existence. The fact that they don't have
to deal with annoying false alarms and buzzing control panels is all it takes
to win them over. In fad, FireShield's invisibility is one of its strongest selling
points. Designed for rock -solid reliability, these panels are intended to be
taken for granted, but can be depended upon to leap into action the moment
they're needed.
Installers benefit big time from Fireshield's simple
setup and intuitive programming. it`s ingenious combination circuits support
vraterflow switches and associated tamper switches on a single zone, giving
installers the flexibility they need to get the job done quickly and efficiently.
7
V
IFLp
Front panel programming is also a snap, and one -person device testing — in
either audible or silent mode — is like a walk in the park.
Contractors get all the advantages FireShield
offers to building owners, occupants, and installers — plus the added
bonus that goes along with knowing that call-backs are a thing of the
past, and that every FireShield installation is a successful installation.
Meeting the needs of so many applications with so few parts to stock
means that inventories can be kept low while job turnover remains high.
That's a combination that makes FireShield the stock -in -trade for success-
ful contractors everywhere.
With FireShield there is no longer any reason to skimp on fire protection — no
matter how small the job is. Full -featured and flexible, FireShield meets the
individual needs of small building applications and leaves plenty of room to
spare for upgrades and renovations for into the future.
Everything you need in small building fire alarm control.
Nothing you don't...
Programming buttons Fully integrated DACT/dialer supports uploading
discretely hidden from or downloading of system configuration, status,
view and event history, and also acts as a 32-character
alphanumeric display.
On -board relays for
Alarm, Supervisory
and Trouble
Expandable Power
Supply
Optional Features:
City Tie and Reverse Polarity Modules DACT/Dialer
Remote System and Zone Indicators Trim ring for semi -flush mounting
Remote Relay Module Wallboxes available with red finish
NACs programmable
by zone and individu-
ally selectable for con-
tinuous, temporal, or
Genesis independent
horn control outputs.
IDCs supports EC
Series detectors.
Easy access
terminal blocks
Combination
Waterflow and
Supervisory IDCs.
IDC or NAC pairs
convertible to single
Class A circuits
v _
v y
000
Initiating Device Circuits - IDCs 11 Class B_
Available combinations shown of right) € Class A
Notification Appliance Circuits - NACs Class B
Available combinations shown of right) Class A
Al Power Supply
W NAC Voltage Rating
Maximum NAC current
AC Input 120 Vac 60 Hz
230 Vac 50/60Hz
Base Panel Current Draw Standby...
Alarm...
Panel Battery Charge Capacity (sealed lead acid only)
r Auxiliary Current
i
Auxiliary Output
m Current
it
ating VoltageKtorIDntactnormally open)
ontact (Form C)
Operating Environment
Terminals (wire gauge) _
Asynchronous Serial Communil
6 a y
v Maximum per System
Current Requirements
Voltage Range
Maximum Circuit Capacitance
Maximum Circuit Resistance
Wire Size —
Mounting _
Operating Environment
Receivers
Communications Protocol
Programming
Telephone Line Connection
Telephone Wall I
Communications
Operating Envin
101 8 61 41 2 1 0' S 3
0 1 1 2 3 4 5 0 1
4 2
r
0 12
0 1 2 0
3.0 A exoandable to b.0 A 30 Arm
I I Three Class B IDCs
2
0
Two Class B NACs
total —2.0 Amps Iota]
r
1.5 amps each, 2.5 amps total
for NAC 1 + 2 or 3 + 4 1.5 amps each 1.5 amps each
5.0 A w/optional transformer 2.5 amps total 2.5 amps total
1.6 A w/optional transformer 0.8 amps 0.8 amps
0.8 A w/optional transformer 0.4 amps 0.4 amps
145 mA 120 mA 110 mA
250 mA 170 mA 145 mA
Up to two 18 Ah batteries Up to two 18 Ah, 7Ah max in cabinet`
0.5 amps max. May be programmed as resetable.
19 to 25.7 Vdc
1.5 mA (Consult detector compatibility list p/n 3100468 for maximum detectors per circuit)
Maximum loop resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum loop capacitance: 0.030
16.3to25.7Vdc
100
30 Vdc @ 1 A (resitive load)
Temperature: 32 - 120 F 0 - 49 CT Humidity: 5 - 93% RH, non -condensing
18-12AWG (0.75mm2-2.5mm ) Maximum
resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum capacitance: 0.03 uF note
System Indicator ZI Remote All
panels: 2 10 zone panel: 4 3 or 5 zone panel: 2 Standby:
12 mA Alarm- 48 mA Standby: 8 mA Alarm: 35 mA Minimum:
21 Vdc; Maximum: 25: Vdc 0.
03 uF 13
Ohms 18 -
12 AWG (0.75 mm2 - 2.5 mm2) ANSI/
NEMA OSI - 19961-3 gong electrical box Temperature:
32 120o F (0-490 C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Supports
two receivers with two phone numbers each Contact
ID (SIA DC - 05), 4/2 (SIA DC - 02 P3) Front
panel controls or PC with appropriate software Two
RJ31X (plug -to -plug) cords supplied with DACT Two
or one loop start lines on the public switched telephone network. Pulse or DTMF RJ31X/
CA31X equiv. or RJ38X/CA38X equiv. Communications
Canada CS-03; FCC/CFR 47 Parts 15 & 68; NFPA 72; UL 864; ULC 5527-M87 Temperature:
32 - 120 F (0-49 C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Standby:
40 mA; Alarm: 60 mA Maximum
per System 10 zone panel: 4; 3 or 5 zonepanel: 2 All panels: 2 Current
Requirements Standby: 8 rrA; Alarm 65 mA Standby: 30 mA; Alarm. 41 mA Voltage
Range Minimum: 18 Vdc; Maximum: 27: Vdc Maximum
Circuit Capacitance 0.03 uF Maximum
Circuit Resistance 13 Ohms Wire
Size 18 -12 AWG (0.75 mm - 2.5 mm ) Mounting
Single FSRRM mounts in plastic track (included) or up to four FSRRMs in an FSRRM-Sl 1 11 ` track ordered
separately. FSRRMs should be installed in an MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure. Operating
Environment Temperature: 32 - 1200 F (0-490 C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Dimensions
1 2-3/4' W x 3-3/8" H x l-1/2" D (65.9 mm W x 85.7 mm H x 38.1 mm D)
SMALL BUILDING LIFE SAFETY SOLUT-IONS
FireShield control
panels are
supported by a
complete range
of EST equipment
engineered to
provide a total
solution for all
your small
building needs.
t EC Series Conventional Detectors...
Lo An outstanding price/performance buy, these heat and
photoelectric detectors offer the kind of reliability you've
come to expect from EST.
Genesis Horns and Strobes...
Ultra -slim single and multi -candela strobes, horns and
combination devices that bring high performance features
and eye -pleasing elegance to every application.
Contact your EST equipment supplier for details concerning any of these products: or visit our website at www.est.net.
USA Soles
Sarasota, FL
Phone:941-739-4638
Fax: 941-727-1214
www.est.net
Canada Sales
Owen Sound, On
Phone:519-376-2430
Fax: 519-372-2705
www.edwards.m
International Sales
Toronto, Canada
Phone:905-270-1711
Fax: 905-270-9553
www.eslinternalional.com
Genesis and FireShield are trademarks of Edwards Systems Technology
Corporate Headquarters, EST
90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire, CT
US Manufacturing, EST
Pittsfield, ME & Newport, ME
A product of EST Marketing, Sarasota, FL: 85005-0119
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
FireShield
Conventional Fire Alarm Control Systems
Features
Available in 3, 5, and 10 IDC models
IDC or NAC pairs convertible to single Class A circuits (10 and 5
IDC panels only)
Supports 2M, "EC" and 6200 Series detectors
Combination Waterflow and Supervisory IDCs
NACs programmable by zone and individually selectable for
Genesis, continuous, ortemporal outputs
Front panel programmable
PC programmable with optional DACT installed
Genesis option allows precision synchronization and audible
silence over two wires without additional modules
On -board relays for Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble
Optional serial bus relay modules are programmable for
common or zone activation
Optional serial bus remote annunciator
One person device testing (audible or silent)
Expandable power supply (10 IDC panel only)
Optional City Tie and Reverse Polarity Modules
Optional trim ring for semi -flush mounting
Optional fully integrated DACT/Dialer with:
32-characterLCDdisplay
Event history log
Supports Contact ID and SIA DCS 4/2
Upload/download of Panel/DACT configuration,
status and event history
FS302
FS502 cr,
Description
CONTROL PANELS
FS1004
The FireShield fire alarm family consists of 3, 5 and 10 zone con-
ventional fire alarm control panels, an integrated DACT/Dialer,
serial annunciator modules, and serial remote relay modules. All of
these components are microprocessor -control led. The Fire Shield
family is ideal for both new and retrofit installations alike.
FireShield incorporates features designed to simplify installation,
operation and maintenance. These include front panel program-
ming, one person walk testing, and selectable IDC and NAC types
FireShield panels are powerful enough to meet the demands of
today's installations while leaving plenty of room to grow in the
future.
FS502 and FS1004 panels support Class A operation by combining
pairs of on -board IDCs or NACs to provide the necessary circuits.
For example, the FS 1004 comes factory set to support 10 Class B
IDCs and four NACs. But it can be field -configured to provide five
Class A IDCs, no Class B IDCs, and two Class A NACs— or any other
combination of circuits thatfall within the circuit -pairing parameters.
FS1004 FS502 FS302
Class B IDCs Up to 10 Up to 5 3
Class A IDCs Up to 5 Up to 2 Not supported
Class B NACs Up to 4 Up to 2 2
Class A NACs Up to 2 1 Not supported
NAC Power 2.5 exp to 5 amps 2.5 amps 1.5 amps
Auxiliary power 0.5 amps 0.5 amps 0.5amps
Nate: Class Aoperationwillreducethe number ofavailableClass 8IDCSandlor NACs, depending
on the panel configuration. See Specifications on page 5for details. EDWARDS
SYSTEMS
TECHNOLOGY U.S.
SALES: SARASOTA, FL941-739-4200, FAX941-727-0740 • CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430, FAX519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL SALES:
905-270-1711; FAX905-270-9553 • CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT • U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITTSFIELD and NEWPORT, ME Issue 2.
1 Literature Sheet #85005-0118 Page 1 of 6 Not to
be used for installation purposes. For the
most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Options
Off -premise communication
A fully integrated FireShield DACT/dialer is available for reporting
events to a monitoring facility. The DACT also supports uploading
or downloading of system configuration, status and event history.
The DACT is programmable for either single or dual line opera-
tion. It also supports split and dual reporting for two
digital alarm receivers.
The DACT brings additional features to the panel
including a 32-character alphanumeric LCD display,
local or remote PC programming and an event
history log.
Modules are also available for City Tie (CTM4.7) and
Reverse Polarity (RPM) connections.
Remote Annunciators and Relays
The serial bus standard on all FireShield models is
another installation time-saver. This circuit allows the
connection of Remote System Indicators (FSRSI),
Remote Zone Indicators (FSRZI-A) and Remote Relay
Modules (FSRRM) over a four -wire (data and power)
circuit. Annunciator and relay modules can be
installed up to 1,000 feetfrom the panel on 18-gauge
wire.
Application
FireShield provides smoke and fire detection,
occupant notification and off -premises signalingfor
small -to medium-sized buildings.
Each IDC can be configured for either Class B or
Class A operation and one of eight operating modes:
Alarm —without smoke detector verification;
Alarm —with smoke detector verification, and
instant activation of contact devices;
FS1004
Panel Operation
Operators' Interface
Control of the panel's operation is both simple and intuitive. While
the LEDs and optional LCD are visible with the panel door closed,
the door and bezel block access to the controls. With the door
open the following controls are available:
The FS 1 DD4 provides
ten zones of control
plusoptional LCD display.
Waterflow
Alarm — no retard; Waterflow
Alarm — with 15second retard; Combination
Waterflow (no retard) and Supervi- FS502 sory;
Combination
Waterflow (retard) and Supervisory; Supervisory (
Latching); Monitor —
for monitoring devices otherthan alarm or
supervisory such as fire doors or fire dampers. NACs
may also be configured for either Class B or Class
A operation. Additionally, NACs can be individually
configured for one of three outputs. These
are Genesis, Continuous or Temporal. The Genesis
selection allows independent horn control over
two wires and provides precision synchroniza- tion
for Genesis devices, all without the need for a Genesis
Signal Master accessory. When
configured for Genesis notification appliances, FireShield'
sAlarm Silencefunction will silence connected
Genesis audible appliances but Genesis strobes
will remain active until the panel is reset. When
Genesis Mode is selected, both the horns and strobes
on Genesis and Enhanced Integrity notifica- tion
appliances will be synchronized across all NACs. The
FS502provides five
zones of control plusoptionalLCD
display.
Reset —
used to reset the panel; Signal
Silence and Drill — used to silence notification
appliances or activate the drill function;
Panel
Silence — silences the buzzer on the panel and
the remote trouble unit; Remote
Disconnect— disables the DACT, or, if no DACT
installed, disables the panel's alarm relay; Walk
Test— activates the panel's silent and audible
walk test mode. Thefollowing
system LEDs displaythe panel's status: Alarm —
panel is in the alarm state; Trouble —
panel is in the trouble state; Supervisory—
panel is in the supervisory state; Power—
indicates the status of the AC power source;
Disable —
indicates when any IDC, NAC, relay or the
DACT are disabled; Annunciator
Trouble — indicates trouble on the remote
annunciator bus; Battery
Trouble — indicates battery or charging
problems; Ground
Fault — indicates a short between any panel
circuit and ground; Walk
Test— indicates that one or more IDCs are
in the walk test mode; Alarms
Silenced —indicates that the panel is in
the alarm state with one or more NACs silenced.
Each
IDC has a disable switch and three LEDs: Alarm —
red— indicates that the IDC is in the alarm state;
Trouble —
yellow —indicates that the IDC is in the trouble
state or is disabled (when flashing); Supervisory/
Monitor—yellow— indicates thatthe IDC
is in the supervisory state orthe monitor state whenflashing).
Each
NAC also has a disable switch and a trouble/ disable
LED. Status
indication with the DACT/Dialer installed The
dialer's LCD display provides two lines x 16 characters
of text. For programming, the top line displays
the programming step and the lower line displays
the selected option. EDWARDS
SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Page
2 of 6 Literature Sheet *85005-0118 Issue 2.1 Not
to be used for installation purposes. For
the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
DACT/Dialer
The optional DACT/Dialer is a
multifunction modulethatpro
communications, modem cap
and LCD display functions. Its
function is as a Digital Alarm C
cator Transmitter (DACT). As a
transmits event messages to a
idesv(
DACR)
ability,
primary
ommuni-
DACT, it
Digital
Al armCommunlcatorRecelver
TheDACT/Dialerinstallsbehind
the front panel display. at a monitoring facility. The monitoring
facility then notifies the fire department
and other responsible parties of the
event. Programmable options include
o
single or dual line operation, and split
or dual reporting to two DACRs.
The FSRSI can be installed
alone or with one or more
FSRZI-As. The FSRSI and
FSRZI-A require trim plates
ordered separately). These
are available in one,two or
three gang models. Each panel
will supporttwo FSRSIs.
The DACT module can also be used as
a modem to connect the panel to both
local and remote computers for
uploading and downloading of
configuration data (programming),
panel status and event history. For
security, the modem can be configured
to accept programming on incoming
calls or it can be required to call a
preprogrammed number before
accepting downloads and sending
uploads.
The DACT module can be configured
to work as all of the above, or as only
an LCD display or LCD display and
modem.
Remote Annunciators
FireShie/dfamily has several remote
annunciation options. The serial remote
annunciator bus can be run up to 1000
feet (305 m) on untwisted non -shielded
18-gauge cable. Several annunciator
models round out the family to provide a
range of features and functions. As many
as three annunciator modules may be
mounted in a standard electrical box,
sharing an attractive trim plate that
blends with any decor.
Comparable ele=tr l box
LW'\\\—o
v
Remote Relay Module
m`
The Remote Relay Module
mounts on a plastic track inside
an MFC-Acabinet.
Up to 4 RRMs
can be mounted
in an FSRRM-
S 11 snap track.
Up to two
FSRRM-Sits
can be mounted
s_ in an MFC-A.
The Remote Relay Module (FSRRM) is
one component of the system that sets
FireShieid apart from other panels in its
class. This module has five Form C
relays rated at 1 amp each. It can be
configured to function in either a zone
relay mode or a common system
mode.
When configured in the zone relay
mode, relays energize when the
associated IDC is active. The module
can be configured for activation by
IDCs 1 through 5 or IDCs 6 through 10.
One relay is automatically associated
with each IDC.
When configured in the common
system mode, relays energize or de-
energize when the panel
T. °N°°"°°
changes state. One relay is
FFFCommunxatm
m. LomnunraTwn oul. LMo,",.
available
for each of the following
functions: Alarm, Pav"-
Supervisory, Trouble, Power Loss,
Monitor. NV
IN c N c OUT OUT ] OUT 1 M.
NO
pGUNL
NO
L NL x
NO L Nc NO Nc N. L NL Pow
oN- P.
on. To — —
Remote
System Indicator (
FSRSI) The
FSRSI is ideal for
common system a :
annunciation. It includes
five LEDs and
a local silence/ lamp
test switch. 0
0 The
LEDs inch power
status, supervisory,
t and
ground fa The
silence s will
silence the o
0 onboard
trou buzzer
if active switch
can ram.
be used to j`
initiate a la test
of the L on
all Conn FSRSIs
and FSRZI-
As. cate
alarm,
rouble
ult.
witch
ble
The
also
mp
EDs
ected
The
FSRRM mounts on a plastic
snap track and can be installed
in an MFC-A or other listed
fire alarm enclosure. The panel
will support two RRMs of
each configuration for a total
of six on the 10-zone panel.
Remote
Zone through
10. The
panel can support
two l
Il
modules
programmed
you
for each selection.
Indicator
FSRZI-
A) F=:;,
The FSRZI-A is used
to indicate zonesinthe
alarm
state. It contains
five red LEDs.
Depend- ing
on the jumper
setting selected,
the LEDs
will indicate
either IDCs
1 through 5
or IDCs 6 EDWARDS
SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Issue
2.1 Literature Sheet #85005-0116 Page 3 of 6 Not
to be used for installation purposes. For
the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Pane! Layout
Power
Connections
Main AC
wiring blr
and fuseholder
Dual lransfo
AC wrong bl
Te wrap
m L'
O
Fmm 120 Vac, 15 A, 60 F1z
Ded-ted branch cimuil
OR—
Fmm 230 Vac, 15 A. 50/60 Ftr
Dadlcalepd branch cimuR
N L
Plug mnne
O Main AC wiring block and fuse holder: Provides connections
for 120 or 230 volt AC (primary power) from dedicated service.
Includes primary power fuse (5 Amp).
Dual Transformer AC wiring block: Ten -zone panel only.
Provides connections between primary side of both main and
expander transformer and 120 or 230 volt AC (fused primary
power).
Transformer: Changes 120 or 230 volt AC supply voltage to 24
volt AC.
O Power expander transformer (XTR): Optional. Available for the
ten -zone panel only. Provides additional primary power to
increase the available NAC current for the ten -zone panel.
O Main circuit board: Provides connections for all circuits. Also
includes the operator interface.
00perator Interface: Includes operator controls, LED indicators
and circuit identification labels.
O Cabinet enclosure: Houses the panel electronics and standby
batteries. In some cases the batteries may be housed in an
external battery cabinet (BC2).
O Standby batteries: Provide Secondary/Standby power to the
panel electronics in the absence of primary power.
OTie wrap mounts: Used to secure wires and to help maintain
proper separation between power -limited and nonpower-
limited conductors.
Dimensions
Model D1* D2 D3 D4 D5*
Three- 8 16.5 in 3.75 in 9.13 in 10.5 in 14.23 in
five- zone 41.9 cm) 9.5 cm) 23.2 cm) 26.67 cm) 36.14 cm)
Ten -zone 23.65 in 3.75 in 7.75 in 21.27 in 16.25 in
60 cm) 9.5 cm) 19.7 cm) 54.0 cm) 41.27 cm)
Add 11/2 inches (3.81 cm) to D1 and D5 dimensions for trim kit.
FBI
0
D4
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Page 4 of 6 Literature Sheet #85005-0118
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Issue 2.1
Specifications
Control Panels FS1004 FS502 FS302
Initiating Device Circuits - IDCs
Available combinations shown at right)
Class B
Class A
10
0
8
1
6
2
4
3
2
4
0
5
5
0
3
1
1
2
Three Class B IDCs
Notification Appliance Circuits - NACs
Available combinations shown at right)
Class B
Class A
4
0
2
1
0
2
2
0
0
1
Two Class B NACs
Power Supply 3.0 A expandable to 6.0 A 3.0 amps total 2.0 amps total
NAC Voltage Rating 24 Vfwr
Maximum NAC current
1.5 amps each,2.5 amps total
for NAC 1 + 2 or 3 + 4
5.0 A w/ optional transformer
1.5 amps each
2.5 amps total
1.5 amps each
1.5 amps total
AC Input 120 Vac 60 Hz...
230 Vac 50/601-lz...
1.6 A w/ optional transformer
0.8 A w/ optional transformer
0.8 amps
0.4 amps
0.8 amps
0.4 amps
Base Panel Current Draw Standby...
Alarm...
145 mA
250 mA
120 mA
170 mA
110 mA
145 mA
Panel Battery Charge Capacity (sealed lead acid
only)
Up to two 18 Ah batteries Up to 18 Ah, 7Ah max in cabinet
Auxiliary Current 0.5 amps max. May be programmed as resetable.
Auxiliary Output 19 to 25.7 Vdc
IDC Alarm Current 1.5 mA (Consult detector compatibility list p/n 3100468 for maximum detectors per circuit)
IDC Circuit Maximum loop resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum loop capacitance: 0.03NF
IDC Operating Voltage 16.3 to 25.7 Vdc
UL Detector ID 100
Alarm Contact (normally open)
30 Vdc @ 1 A (resistive load) Trouble Contact (Form C)
Supervisory Contact (normally open)
Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 120° F (0 - 49° C); Humidity: 5 - 93% RH, non -condensing
Terminals (wire gauge) 18 - 12 AWG (0.75 mm2 - 2.5 mm2)
Asynchronous Serial Communications Maximum resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum capacitance: 0.03NF
f larger batteries are required, use the BC-2 battery cabinet. See installation sheet 3100027 for details.
DACT-FSDACT (mounts in panel)
Receivers Supports two receivers with two phone numbers each
Communications Protocol Contact ID (SIA DC-05), 4/2 (SIA DC-02 P3)
Programming Front panel controls or PC with appropriate software
Telephone line connection Two RJ31X (plug -to -plug) cords supplied with DACT
Telephone lines Two or one loop start lines on the public switched telephone network. Pulse or DTMF.
Telephone wall connector RJ31X/CA31X equiv. or RJ38X/CA38X equiv.
Communications Compliance Communications Canada CS-03; FCC/CFR 47 Parts 15 & 68; NFPA 72; UL 864; ULC S527-M87
Operating Environment Temperature: 32-120° F (0-49" C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing
Current requirements Standby: 40 mA; Alarm: 60 mA
Remote Annunciators FSRSI Remote System Indicator FSRZI-A Remote Zone Indicator
Maximum per System Allpanels: 2 10 zone panel: 4 3 or 5 zone panel: 2
Current Requirements Standby: 12 mA Alarm: 48 mA Standby: 8 mA Alarm 35 mA
Voltage Range Minimum: 21 Vdc; Maximum: 25 Vdc
Maximum Circuit Capacitance 0.03 pF
Maximum Circuit Resistance 13 Ohms
Wire Size 18 - 12 AWG (0.75 mmz - 2.5 mm2)
Mounting ANSI/NEMA OS1-1996 1-3 gang electrical box
Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 120" F (0 - 49" C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing
Remote Relay Module - FSRRM Configured for Zone Mode Configured for Common Mode
Maximum per system 10 zone panel: 4; 3 or 5 zone panel: 2 All panels: 2
Current Requirements Standby: 8 mA; Alarm: 65 mA Standby: 30 mA; Alarm: 41 mA
Voltage Range Minimum: 18 Vdc; Maximum: 27 Vdc
Maximum Circuit Capacitance 0.03NF
Maximum Circuit Resistance 13 Ohms
Wire Size 18 - 12 AWG 10.75 mm2 - 2.5 mm2)
Mounting Single FSRRM mounts in plastic track (included) or up to four FSRRMs in an FSRRM-S11 11" track
ordered separately. FSRRMs should be installed in an MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure.
Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 120' F (0 - 49' C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing
Dimensions 2-3/4" W x 3-3/8" H x 1-1/2" D (65.9 mm W x 85.7 mm H x 38.1 mm D)
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Issue 2.1 Literature Sheet #85005-0118 Page 5 of 6
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Ordering Information
Part Number Description Ship Wt. lb. (kg.)
Control Panels
EST-FS1004*
Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 10 Class B IDCs and 4 Class B NACs
Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 120 Vac
30.5 (13.8)
EST-FS1004-2
Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 10 Class B IDCs and 4 Class B NACs
Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 230 Vac. Grey cabinet.
30.5 (13.8)
EST-FS502*
Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 5 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs
Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 120 Vac
18.5 (8.4)
EST-FS502-2
Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 5 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs
Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 230 Vac. Grey cabinet.
18.5 (8.4)
EST-FS302* Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 3 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs, 120 Vac 18.0(8.2)
EST-FS302*-2 Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 3 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs, 230 Vac 18.0 (8.2
FSTRIM35* Semi -flush trim ring for FS302 and FS502 1.7 (0.8)
FSTRIM10* Semi -flush trim ring for FS1004 2.2(1.0)
Insert "G" for Gray cabinet or "R" for Red cabinet. Insert "GP'tor French language (grey cabinets, 120 volt models only).
Related Items
XTRA3A120 Expander Transformer, 120 Vac - For FS1004* only 4.0 (1.8)
XTRA3A230 Expander Transformer, 230 Vac - For FS1004*-2 only 4.0 (1.8)
FSCDF35 Electrical terminal shield for 3 & 5 IDC panels. Required for all installations in Canada 1.0 (0.5)
FSCDF10 Electrical terminal shield for 10 IDC panels. Required for all installations in Canada 2.0 (0.9)
EOL3.6-1.1
Required UL listed End of Line Resistors - One 3.6K Ohm and one 1.1 K Ohm.
One required for each IDC configured as combination waterflow and supervisory.
0.1 (0.5)
EOL-P1 Required ULC End of Line Resistor Plate - includes one 1.1K, 3.6K and 4.7K Ohm resistor 1.0 (0.5)
Off Premises Communications
FSDACT Digital Communicator/Modem/LCD module (Mounts in control panel) 1.0(0.5)
CTM4.7 City Tie Module (Requires 4" square or 2-gang North American electrical box) 1.0 (0.5)
RPM Reverse Polarity Module (Requires MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure) 3.0 (1.4
Remote Annunciation
FSRSI
Remote System Indicator - Includes LEDs for display of Power, Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble
and Ground Fault, trouble sounder and silence/lamp test switch. Single gang trim plate
included, multi -gang plates ordered separately. Mounts in a single or multi -gang North
American electrical box.
0.3 (0.1)
FSRZI-A
Remote Zone Indicator - Includes LEDs for five IDCs.
Single gange trim plate included, multi -gang plates ordered separately.
Mounts in single or multi -gang North American electrical box.
0.3 (0.1)
FSAT2 Annunciator Trim Plate, 2 gang with FireShield Logo 0.1 (0.05)
FSAT3 Annunciator Trim Plate, 3 gang with FireShield Logo 0.1 0.05
Remote Relay ModuleRemote
Remote Relay Module - Five Form C relays. Configurable for IDCs 1-5, or 6-10, or commonFSRRMsystemindications. Requires MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure.
0.4 (0.2)
FSRRM-S11 11" Mounting track. Holds up to 4 FSRRMs. 0.4 (0.2
Accessories
MFC-A Multi -function Cabinent (fire alarm accessory enclosure) 7.0(3.2)
BC-2 Grey Battery Cabinet (holds two 18 Ah batteries) 12.0(5.4)
BC-213 Red Battery Cabinet (holds two 18 Ah batteries) 12.0 (5.4)
Batteries
12V4 4Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 5.0 (2.3)
12V6 6.5 Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 6.0 (2.7)
12V10 10 Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 10.0 (4.5
12\117 17 Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 13.0 (5.9)
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We cannot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST.
C 2002 EST Printed in U.S.A.
Page 6 of 6 Literature Sheet M85005-0118 Issue 2.1
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
z
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Low -profile Mug -in
Photoelectric Detector
EC3DU-3
Features
Sensitive to visible and invisible products of combustion
Finelytuned to sense allfire types, especially slow burning,
smoldering fires fuelled by combustibles typicallyfound in
modern multi -use buildings.
Stable, reliable design
Uses the light scattering principle for smoke detection and is not
affected by air movement.
Non -polarized
Simplifies installation of field wiring
Simple to install, difficult to vandalize
Twist -and -lock design saves installation and maintenance time.
Field -configurable locking mechanism prevents unauthorized
removal.
Flexible mounting options
Compatible standard base mounts to 1-gang, 4" octagonal,
BESA, or European single -gang boxes.
At -a -glance alarm indication
An on -board high -intensity LED glows bright red when the unit is
in alarm, making alarm response a simple and straightforward
operation.
Easy to maintain
Removable housing and insect mesh facilitates cleaning.
Attractive appearance with clean, modern lines
Low -profile design blends easily with surroundings, extending
less than 21/2" (61 mm) from the ceiling, including base.
Description
EC30U-3low-profile plug-in photoelectric detectors measure -up to
the quality and performance standards that have made ESTfire
detection products the industry's best price -performance buy
available today. Meticulously engineered to deliver high-perfor-
mancefeatures, superb reliability, and unbeatable quality, the
EC30U-3 is a low-cost solution for conventional detection applica-
tions.
The EC30U-3 distinguishes itself as a performance leader in its
class with its highly stable design that resists air movements
caused by heating and air conditioning; and changing environ-
mental conditions. This makes it a reliable performer ideally suited
to modern building interiors.
CONVENTIONAL INITIATING UDEVICES
Shown with baser ordered
separately °`' tmw!&4%
Allp 4 L
The
installation and maintenance advantages of the EC30U-3 add value
to this detector throughout its service life. Its twist -and -lock design
makes shortworkof installation and maintenance opera- tions.
A plastic breakout on the detector housing optionally prevents
removal from the base except with a special tool. A
bright, easy -to -see LED on the detector glows steady when it is in
alarm,thus eliminating much of the guessworkwhen responding to
front -panel indications. If a detector is removed for any reason while
the panel is in its normal state, a zone trouble condition will result.
This ensures the integrity of the alarm system at all times. EC30U-
3 detectors are manufactured to strict international ISO9001
standards. All electronics employ surface mounttechnol- ogy (
SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A corrosion-
resistent conformal coating is used to seal components against
dust and humidity. Application
Thanksto
its high-performance photoelectric sensor,the EC30U-3 responds
quickly and reliably to all fire types, especially slow burning
fires fuelled by combustibles typicallyfound in modern multi -
use buildings. Particles as small as 0.5 microns will be detected
bythe sensing element, triggering an alarm atthefirst sign
of smoke. EST
recommends that all detectors be installed according to the latest
recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. EDWARDS
SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY U.
S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL941 739-4200; FAX941-727-0740 • CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519376-7258 1
NTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711; FAX905-270-9553 CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, C T • U.S. MANUFACTURING: PrFFSFIELD and NEWPORT, ME Issue
1.1 - Literature Sheet #85001-0552 Page 1 of 2 Not
to be used for installation purposes. For
the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Compatibility
Panel model Zone model
Maximum Detectors Zone ID
UL ULC UL I ULC
QuickStart ZA8-2, ZB16-4 40 30 100
EST1-2Z3, -2Z3R, -2Z6, -2ZR 462213-2101, -2102, -2104, - 2105 40 00
EST3 IDC8/4 48 30 00 1 0.0
LSS4/12(R), LSS4/36(R), LSS4/52(R) 8ZEXP, 4CLA, Motherboard 48 0.0
LSS4(R) 4ZEXP 48 0.0
IRC-3
130108,240113,240119 48 3289B
130082, 48 3289A
240124 (RZB12-6 only) 48 5389
FCC
130108, 240113, 240119 48 3289B
130082 48 3289A
FireShield CPU 24 24 100 1 100
MC'il ntLing
2.4" (61 mmj
4.65" (118 mm)
EC Series with Standard Base
Standard bases mountto thefollowing electrical boxes:
North American 31/2 inch octagon boxes
North American 4 inch octagon boxes
North American 1-gang electrical boxes
European 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mmfixing centers
r European BESA boxes
Wiring
The detector mounting bases will accept #18AWG (0.75mm2), #16
1.0mm2),#14AWG (1.5mm2)and #12AWG (2.5mm2)wire sizes.
CSBU-1: Standard detector base
Provides plug-in ,N,., DVrry,
tamper -resistant Fmm.—IP-1 •-.
mounting. Includes °,,
screwterminalsfor 2 ovr I-1
connection of installa- 0, ....,
tion wires. Fmlm
1b -±?, a r+o d
J N.,... d
B LED
IN I—)
Specifications
Operating Voltage Range 14 - 30 Vdc
Normal Operating Current 62 A
Alarm Current
100 mA (max.) limited by control
panel
Sensitivity Range 1.38 - 3.08% obs/ft
Test Feature Sensitivity reading using
Test/Picker Tool
Operating Environment
Altitude Not Applicable
Temperature 32° F to 100' F (0' C to 38° C)
Humidity 20 - 95% RH (non condensing)
Air Velocity 0 - 5,000 ft/min (manufacturer rated)
0 - 300 ft/min (UL listed)
Storage Environment
32° F to 120° F (0' C to 49° C)
Temperature
Maximum Spacing 30 ft (9.1 m) centers
Construction
White molded high -impact
fire -retardant plastic
UL Compatibility ID A
Compatible Bases See Ordering Information
Ordering information
Model Description
Ship Wt.
lb (kg)
EC30U-3 Low -profile Plug-in Photoelectric Detector 0.25 (0.11)
CSBU-1 Standard detector base
CSB4U-1 4" Standard detector base
CRB4U-1 4" Detector base with relay
0.11 (0.05)
CSBU-3 Detector base with resistor
C-LED Remote Alarm LED 0.4 (0.18)
C-TRIM Trim skirt for standard base 0.4 (0.18)
C-PST Detector picker/sensitivity tester 1.4 (0.64)
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We cannot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
All specifications are subjectto change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST.
C' 2002 EST Printed in U.S.A.
Page 2 of 2 Literature Sheet #85D01-0552 Issue 1.1
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY'
Fire Alarm Stations
273/279B Series — Non -Coded
Features
Double action models
Single or double pole contacts
Terminals or wire leads for field connections
Presignal or general alarm operation
Key lock or tool reset
Break glass operation
Surface or semi flush mounting
Red finish
Contemporary styling
s Rugged LEXAN construction
Latch action until reset
Description
The EST Cat. No. 27BB/279B series noncoded fire alarm stations
are contemporary styled Lexan stations and are flexibly designed
to meet a wide variety of application requirements and opera-
tional sequences.
The Cat. No. 278B series are double action stations with termi-
nals for field wiring connections.
The Cat. No. 279B series are double action stations with six inch
150mm) wire leads for field wiring connections.
All types can be either presignal or general alarm and are
available with single or.double pole alarm contacts which can be
normally open, normally closed or a combination of both. Either
a key or tool (depending on station selected) is required to reset
mechanism. See specification chart for specific catalog numbers
and features. Where a manual station is installed on a circuit that
also includes smoke detectors, a resistor may be added in series
with the alarm initiating contacts on the station so the operation
of the station does not extinguish alarm LEDs on operated
detectors. The Cat. No's. 276-R and 276-RT series resistor kits
permit field installation of the series resistor on applicable stations.
For semi flush mounting use a standard North -American four
inch square box with a single gang plaster cover having an
overall minimum depth of 2-1/4 inch (57mm). For surface
mounting use a Cat. No. 276B-RSB surface back box.
CONVENTIONAL INITIATING DEVICES
FM
M EA
Operation
To initiate an alarm it is necessary to first lift the upper door marked
LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE", and then pull the alarm handle.
The alarm handle latches in the pulled position until the station
is manually reset. To reset, the station is opened using a Cat. No.
276-K1 key supplied with the station, or a tool; the toggle switch
is restored to it's normal position, the break glass rod is replaced
and the station is reclosed. For presignal type stations, the
general alarm can be initiated by authorized personnel from any
operated station by inserting a Cat. No. 276-K2 key into the
keyswitch behind the alarm handle and turning it clockwise.
Guide Form Specifications
Furnish and install where indicated on plans, Cat. No. (Select
one of the following:)
278B series double action manual stations with screwterminals)
279B series double action manual stations with six inch (150mm) wire
leads) -
for connection of installation wiring. All stations shall be of the
noncoded break glass type.
The stations shall be constructed of red lexan with white raised
letters. The alarm handle shall be marked "PULL FOR FIRE", to
provide simple, concise instructions for activation of station by
the general public. It shall be necessary to first lift an upper door
marked "LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE" to gain access to the alarm
handle.
Pulling the alarm handle shall break a glass rod and activate a
toggle switch which shall cause the handle to latch in the alarm
position. Momentary push button type switches shall not be
acceptable. -To reset the.stationit_shal) be necessa_ to_ open. the .
station using (select one) (a key) (a special tool), restore the
toggle switch to its normal position and replace the glass rod.
Stations shall be UL fisted.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY _
U.S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL 941-739-4638; FAX 941-727-1214 • CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519-376-7258
INTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711; FAX 905-270-9553 • CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT • U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITTSFIELD, ME
Issue 2 Literature Sheet #85001-0227 Page 1 of 2
Accessories
Category Number Description
276-GLR Replacement Package of Glass Rods
276-K1 Station Reset Key,
Supplied with all Key Reset Stations
276-K2 IGeneral Alarm Key.
Must be ordered separately.
276-RT* Series Resistor Kit with Terminal Block.
276E-RSB Surface Back Box, Red.
See Ordering Table to determine Kit for specific stations.
WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As
fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss
further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Mounting
Specifications
Contact Ratings General Alarm Switch/Keyswitch
Single Pole 3.0 Amps, 30 Vac, Resistive Load1.0 Amps, 28 Vdc, Resistive Load
Double Pole 1.5 Amps, 30 Vac, Resistive Load1.0 Amps, 28 Vdc, Resistive Load
Cat. No. 276-R and 276-RT 560 Ohms, ±5%
Series resistor kits (optional)
For stations connected to I2 W
smoke detector circuits)
Station Housing Red Lexan 940 with White Letters
Weight 1 lb (0.4 kg)
Front View Semi -Flush
San B' 24W 1.7/3214W 2-7/18 91mm)
1Otrd2
m)
161/
e' (31mm) r(35mm) (62mm) F.
r) 0
S3na•
132mm) FIRE
Surface
Cat.
No's. 27BB Cat. No's. 278E 8 8
2796 Series 4" square backbox and Cat.
No's. 276B-RSB Backbox Cat.
No. 2788 plaster cover with single Series
With gang opening having 277B 8279B _ optional
overall min, depth of Series without
Backbox
2-1/4' (57mm) Backbox
Ordering
Information Table s1rz
aamm)-7 12amm)
O
O CaL
No. 276E-RSB Surface
Backbox Catalog
Field Switch Station Type Agency Series Number
Connections Contacts Reset Alarm Approvals Resistor IGt d
E
Double
A
o;
m
a
m
m
q
a
w d Action
Pull
O m O` mo° nm K,b
Stations
3 o
oo.0 U 1Y o
aU
md
Jwa fn a
N n 278B-
1110 X X X X X X X X 2788-
1120 X X X X X X X X 27BB-
1210 X X X X X X X 2788-
1220 X X X X X X X 27BB-
1310 X X X X X X X X 2788-
1320 X X X X X X X X 27BB-
1410 X X X X X X X X X 27BB-
1420 X X X X X X X X X 27BB-
2110 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
2788-
2120 X X X X X X X 27BB-
2310 X X X X X X X X X 27BB-
2320 X X X X X X X X X 2796-
1110 X- X X- X X X X 2796-
1120 X X X X X X X 2796-
1310 X X X X X X X 2796-
1320 I X X X X X X X EDWARDS
SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY It
is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All
specifications are subjectto change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. C
1999 EST Printed in C.S-A. Page
2 of 2 Literature Sheet #85001-0227 Issue 2
Job Name:Blue Bell FIRESHIELD Date:2/11/2003
Creameries Time: 1:55 PM
Job #:03-1435
Device Quantity of Standby mA Alarm mA Tot. Device Tot. Device
Description Devices Per Device I Per Device I Standby mA I Alarm mA
FIRESHIELD 3-ZONE (FS302) 0 110 145 0 0
FIRESHIELD 5-ZONE (FS502) 1 120 170 120 170
FIRESHIELD 10-ZONE (FS1004) 0 145 250 0 0
DACT - FSDACT 1 40 60 40 60
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR - FSRSI 0 12 48 0 0
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR - FSRZI-A 0 8 35 0 0
REMOTE RELAY MODULE - FSRRM (ZONE) 0 8 65 0 0
REMOTE RELAY MODULE - FSRRM (CM) 0 30 41 0 0
160 230
Auxiliary Devices (list all)
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
Other 0 0
Auxiliary Device Totals 0 0 0
Notification Appliances (list all)
0 N/A 0 N/A 0
0 N/A 0 N/A 0
0 N/A 0 N/A 0
0 N/A 0 N/A 0
0 N/A 0 N/A 0
Other 0 N/A 10 N/A 0
Notification Appliance Totals 0 N/A 0
Summary Section
Standby Hrs. Required 60
Alarm Sounding Minutes 5
Total System Standby mA 160
Total System Alarm mA 230
Total System Standby A/H 9.60
Total System Alarm A/H 0.02
Min. A/H Battery Required 9.62
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677
DATE: I d-3 PERMIT #: 6 !) -1 ZI
BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: 7 V 2 I 1 C re —AM Qr•'S
ADDRESS: 00 4 —1/ -yo
p /
PHONE NO.: - O 644LI — 8 OFAX NO.(O r7 6cic — <rootib
CONST. INSP. [ ] C / O INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEWF. A. F.S. [ ] HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ BUR PE MIT [
TENT RMIT TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER fi,,n_ A Anr^.
PER UNIT SEE BELOWTOTALFEES. $ . ( )
COMMENTS:
00
Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit
2.
4: Or%) — '952po
5.
6. r7.
8.
9.
10.
H.
12.
13.
14. (7
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20,
Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407-
330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take
place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I
will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances
of the City of Sanford, Florida.
Sanford Fire Prev ion Division pp icant's Signature
CITY OF SANFORD MECHANICAL APPLICATION
PERMIT NO. ' 'T 1 DATE: I a _)-0
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE
FOLLOWING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT:
OWNER'S NAME ) l A-e ev,, CI'HCx : Y e1Z;c S
ADDRESS OF JOBf 00 - nr Or-, S
dd, MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR: rEPCI S4 ` _-Lrk . RESIDENTIAL
COMMERCIAL Subject
to rules and regulations of Sanford Mechanical Code NATURE
OF WORK Valuation: "
M, OnC- Application
Fee: S10.00 Total
10, t-) e
By
Signing this application I am stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Mechanical
Code. n ;11-i " Applicant
Signature 01
0,
P& o y 9, States
License#
CITY OF SANFORD PERYHT APPLICATION •
2PermitNo.: Date:/
11-
inh Afr1incQ i !`YrIY •i 1 ,J
Permit Type: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing -,Mi -A m4WSprjakhi
ese 0 -Wink- SIn i kki t`r o,n ki% W E j g`57G—A-4
Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits
Electrical: Addition/Alteration _Change of Service Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS )
Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional)
Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines
Occupancy Type: _Residential Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg:
Type of Construction: Flood Zone: Number of Stories:
a-0
Number of Dwelling Units:
Parcel No.: (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description)
raven-errAndressrnhb e: I 1 o F i> e C (. Ca yea" ew3 L/4 7 - 3a 3 - `7 3 -7 3 C
tract Address/Phone: A EA ' 2 -r0 7EC % l Ue- S YS - 0 (Vol it /a Contact
Person: t-
iof - 1 a - q aoU C)ZZ ne & Fax Number: _ Title
Holder (If other than Owner): Address:
Bonding
Company: Address:
Mortgage
Lender: Address:
Architect/
Engineer Address:
Phone
No.: Fax
No.: Application
is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced
prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in
this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS,
FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. OWNER'
S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all
applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT
MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND
TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE
OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE:
In addition to the requirements of this permit, ;here may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found
in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water
management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance
of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. Signature
of Owner/Agent Date Print
Owner/Agent's Name Signature
of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/
Agent is Produced
ID Personally
Known to Me or 1119,
tractor/Agent `ter 1
0SyakAoZ k0(N2 mt-
Eontra 0rr 3- Name01 ature
of Notary -State of Florida Date FIARENCE
A. DE GRAVE MY
COMMISSION f DD 164M EXPIRES:
November 12, 2W6 BNdW
TAN UP AMtuy SOIVICO7 Contractor/
Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced
ID MQ2- ( oSlo -ln- CQ0-Q I
APPLICATION
APPROVED BY: /`f Date: ') - all - G Special
Conditions:
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
PHONE # 407-'302-1d91 * FAX #: 407-330-5677
DATE: a? g d3 PERMIT#: n':)r( Zl
BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: &ye— 13e11 GC
ADDRESS: SOo Cwpco n S" j4;e- 1
PHONE NO.: FAX NO.:
CONST. INSP. [ ] C / 0 INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ 1 PLANS REVIEW [ ]
F. A. ,[< F.S. [ ] HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ ] BURN PERMIT [ ]
TENT PERMIT I ] TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER [ ]
TOTAL FEES: $ —Sc (PER UNIT SEE BELOW)
COMMENTS:
Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11,
12.
13.
14,
15.
16.
17.
18,
19.
20.
Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407-
330-
S6SI
Proof Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take
place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I
will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances
of the City of Sanford, Florida.
Sanford Fir"rtvention Division App is Si nature
r '
SANFpRD BUILDING DEFT,
THESE PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND CONDITIONALLYACCEPTEDFORPERMIT. A PERMIT ISSUED SHALL BECONSTRUEDTOBFALICENSETOPROCEEDWITHTHEWORKANpNOTASAUTHORITYTOVIOLATE, CANCEL. ALTER, OR SET ASIDE ANY OF THEPROVISIONSOFTHETECHNICALCODES, NOR SHALLISSUANCEOFAPERMITPPEVENTTHEBUILDINGrIONaU4THFREAFTI_ R F+ECUIRING A CORREC- TION
li Ft.C,:,c UN THE PLANS, CONSTRUCTIONOROTHrR 'vujl-'1T!C"1 OF ..HC COOES.
d f
qze-
SUBMITTAL PACKA
FOR THE
AFA Protective Systems, Inc.
1255 LaQuinta Drive
Suite 100A
Orlando, Florida 32809
License #EF0001 166
407.812.9200
Fox 407.812.9205
SPRINKLER MONITORING SYSTEM
AT BLUE BELL CREAMERIES
500 GORDON ST.
SANFORD, FLORIDA
PLANS REVIEWED
CITY OF SANFORD
440
OFFICE Copy -
PERMIT #offimio
www.pfoprolectivesystems.com
Connecticut • Delowore • Florida • Georgia • Moine • Morylond • Mossochusetts • North Corolino • New Hampshire
New Jersey • New York • Pennsylvonio • Rhode Island • South Corolino • Vermont • Virginia
Table of Contents — Sprinkler Monitoring System
1. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. State EF License
2. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. Occupational License
3. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. Certificate Of Insurance
4. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. UL Certificate Of Compliance
5. Radionics D7412 Fire Control Communicator
6. Notifier NBG 12 Manual Pull Station
7. DS 250 Series Photo Electric Smoke Detector
8. Notifier/Wheelock NH-12/24R Horn
9. THWN 14/2 (Wet Locations Rated Fire Wire)
10. Eastman Fire Protective Cable — Wire (FPL)
11. Ditek Surge Protection
12. Stand By Battery Calculations
ACC G 4 7 0 6 71 STATE OF FLORIDA 1.
DEPARTMENT
ELECTRICALCONTRACTORSBOARD REGULATION
SEQ#
L02062702070 DATE
IBATCH NUMBER a44=
J%JXLCUi Oi.71CM 1.Vl`11KAI:l"VK 1 Named
below IS CERTIFIED Under
the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. Expiration
date: AUG 31, 2004 ILINA,
OSVALDO R A
PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS, INC. 55
LA QUINTA DRIVE SUITE 100 A ORLANDO
FL 32809 JEB
BUSH RIM BINKLEY-SEYER GOVERNORDISPLAYASREQUIREDBYLAWSECRETARY
EXI'1RES
ORANGE COUNTY OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE a 1 2 I t 000 1 U
1. 11U7. •
r I npl K. womil. 'TAX (:U1.1 "11011
09/30/2003 Y FLOr1I0A111 I ri I I•lAL Or1ANOE COUNT1, ,,,.1.r I,I` I I' .. ., ,. 1,'•r I ^If 111111
Il l lr'l ll'.1 111 r 1111111 I, IIv I A/ f `II A111111' 1 11•
t1 , I h11 1`I r IrnH,r r.l r 1
At II1111111110 AIIII IVII If11111I/11 All/ IIn`
111111 `I I I II II IrN 1r :11 !'I I.11 t111111 'I'I1• 11• 1 n•IIrr1111t111A/
1111I11111rgt111111^.VAl111r` 1 ... W
30.
005ORKERS31.1
ALARM FIRE SYSTEMS 30.00 1 1II1
f1rG R P-ALARM SYSTEMS _ AFA PROit;(
1T VE SYS1F115, INC: TU'TAI_
TAX 60. 00 i .)$V55-LA(
jUEAj4ON ROT.I. JAMS S C?LIAL 1 I 1 f I2 I O'
f
Al-
DUE 60 . OU• I UR 51-F 1 UIIA jANDO ".1
32009-'IAU-11 11 ,
I
1 1^ 1 : U(ll ln OhU !I -?3a_ L AOIJ
I NTA DR # 1 UUA I(J.I: 1 NMAN Ir I CI IARD PRE S 1 I)F N1 I I
r.,r?I- ANDO IIim r0n14
Ilr,jpr.er(1, A III t 11,11 wllrtI VAI p AI I II r1Y III1- Iv( 1.,,, , . ,r,li
Li L,i\i INsu 1. ,-...., _•-
NFF_F5 NO ;i11:HT"a vPCN
HCL ER THIS C RTIPCa;T :CFS NC- aME`iC, EX-INC :.Q
y- • ZL'z17 "4E COVE.QAGE AJ:=QFICE7 aY 7NE SCI_C::_^> :3ELZW
INSLTilFS AFFO.MING COVERAGE
lG..RZC a.A=..Z.CAV ZVSuRANC CC:"?a.V"
Fr 32909 wViQii ib'I'ySL' . i Cr Cd e±ay`I
I 'NSLAEi1 Z
bb // A. AGZS
CUCESOFINSUAANCE L=W BEc.GW HAVE SEEN MMED TO THE :NStiRED NAMW AaCVE FOR TiHE?CUCYPgtCDIMCAT®. N0TWITMS`.AN01m(j
PECUR&AgNT. raW OR CCNDMCN OF ANY CONTRACT CR OTHER OO=MENT MATH RESPECT TO WHICH 'n-46 C>BifTPCAT$ MAY BE %=ED OR
ERTAIK THE :NSIIRANCE APFCRCEl SY THE PCUMSS DESCRIBED rif^-EN IS SU5JECT TO ALL THE TEF AM EI0.1JMNS AM CCNOMONS CO SUC 4
ES. AGGREGATE UWM SHOWN MAY HAVEEEN MOM= BY PA 0 CZAMS.
rps;M :i'F C M 1 Tt d' i •• 71" CI II43UAAMC: POLICY ML3M101
enuJArilur+ '547351.2 03/22/02 102/:2/03 9A =i=1, o",0000
L-08LAiOCi: U WA-JIL Q94JML v AI-WAW--wo am W s 0 , 0 0.- iiCLAMMAWIXiOcc6nI i I N O EXi W1I a1m 1~4 Is 10,000
115 2j00, 000
1 I Laerl!2pM_ sZ 0 0 0000
MIX,` AACUCATU MI rA likespaM , I P_cm.= -a_cr roc 131 , 00 0 , 0 0 0
PmCy Ij ° r'"i L= I
AUMMICmL! UASILM
I
X .rw Avro
ALLCWNwAJTCS
i $CMtS'u. IIM AU=
X %m= Aar=
X ' 4cm4w al Avr---s
BAZ2923S3:
I
I AW AUM
i C2/=2./C2 02/12/03 ;OCwl NC:W-LB 4r Is:, 000, OCOa31XIwoo
acOaY li.:uirr s
i J•aI7 .
I i cPmE is
i AUT..CNL: !J X=CE'sr . S
I AUTC CML): ' S
aces u.alurr_ ; CU 5 c 3 7 3 5 C C Z /'_Z / O Z 0 i/ :2 /: I SAC+ C=IRPE CE _32 0 , 0 0
iA. CC=R ! CL,vMS MACE AGC,i1Eb1Ti 112 O. 0 0 0, J P Q
735c=337 02/12/02 02/12/01
r oC;aic'eia - -• s
s woRlr as oa.Pv+s sroN wo 2 9 2 3>> 2 'J _ . 2 / 1 2 3C /12/0i C2 /^
e11PL.,cas vAe1Lm e — iEL- SCM. AC=CVfr 1 s_ C G, 0 C C e_.
IssAsE•.zwoL 50 0 ma's C^,. csEASE .
POLICI'JMr ::3 0 C. 0 0 0 CSOUPYICM
OF 7PERA-ICM&LOCAT C VVEM"CSIIACLurions ACCIM a. vwW .ICMC zRrF1cATrc
i'iOLDEA I ' AoorncN.L•r_uaib L aFALL':cr CANCELLATION 1:
1ouuANrcarMe,acveoEtcA+aeoPa:Ci ec v+6llEO6EFCtazTI+EES AA10+ I OATF. "
A ECF. n,g I3WNC JOSURER 'RIU. EnoE:00111 0)"L?.0_7A7swArrrw ' I
cnctTO Twc ctRT1AGaT4 c1.o ER Ada C7 M—AIE'1R, 3U'tUL'JP£ r000socMALL. I IMMSI
MOCBLICsnCN.A::ADILr OP AMY KIN 11rIM-M N-uAE.•-GENTS Oa i o
c DoE EtfrA:"IC I Aun.
w_sonfPAF+twrArrow AccQO
s-; ?r3,,):CCP.0 r:Ca7
Radionicsr,
D7412 Control/Communicator
Integrated Security System for Intrusion, Fire and Access Control
Control Features
Eight programmable areas, each
with perimetertinterior partitioning,
master and associate (common
area) operation
Real time clock, test timer and 800
event memory log (including date,
time, event, point ID and User ID)
Battery charging circuit and voltage
supervision, AC power supervision
Automatic reset circuit protectors
On -board CPU watchdog warning
buzzer and diagnostic LEDs
Lightning and EMI protection
Power limited external circuits
Communicator
Built-in digital communicator with
phone line monitor (loop or ground
start)
Multiple telephone numbers,
primary and duplicate paths with
main and alternate destinations
All Reports within each routing
group are programmable
Optional dual phone line switcher
monitors 2 phone lines
Automatic test and status reports
Time windows for arming and open/
close report suppression
Programmable answering machine
work -around for remote program
ming on shared phone lines
Programmable Outputs
12 VDC, 2 Amp alarm power
1.4 Amp Aux power
4 alarm output patterns
Automatic bell test
Programmable bell shut-off timer
51 programmable outputs
One parallel printer
System Response
Eight on -board detection points, up
to 67 off -board points for a total of
75 points
31 custom point responses,
including fire supervisory
Selectable loop response time
Fire Alarm verification
Fire inspector's local test
Watch mode
Scheduled events (Skeds) arm,
disarm, bypass and unbypass
points, control relays, control
authority levels, control door
access and more.
User Interface
Supervise up to 8 command
centers (up to 32 non -supervised
command centers can be used)
Custom command center text
Full function command menu,
including up to 4 Custom
Functions
75 users, each with authority by
area and 16 character name
14 custom authority levels control
user's authority to change, add, and
delete passcodes and access
control tokens, disarm, bypass
points, initiate system tests, and
more
Adjustable brightnessiloudness for
command center display/sounder
Access Control
Two access control doors (each
requires optional 09210 module)
Custom door strike, point shunt and
auto disarming response by area
Up to 300 Wiegand user identifi
cation devices with assigned
Access Level by door
Logging options for. Access
Granted, Entry Denied, Door Held
Open, Request to Exit
Up to 14 panel wide Access Levels
with both manual and scheduled
control
La26 P/N 340198 (1/97) D7412 Specdicauon h.ppt a i995 Racionirz. Inc.
Software Remote Diagnostics and Controls
Programming of all system functions shall be
accomplished at the site using the Radionics 05200
Programmer or remotely through a Remote Account
Manager software package. A programmable system
passcode shall be used to prevent unauthorized remote
programming attempts.
The D7412 programming shall provide for up to four
separate telephone numbers for primary, alternate and
backup receivers, automatic test reports, selective relay
activation, and custom text on the associated command
centers and annunciators.
Up to 75 user passcodes shall be programmable to identify
the user when resetting alarms or arming and disarming a
combination firelburglary and access control system.
Up to 64 programmable scheduled event functions shall be
available for controlling relays, enabling passcodes, and
supporting the service alert feature.
Other programmable functions shall include fire alarm
reset commands, master zone response codes, Sked
parameters, and day/date/time adjustments.
Event Logger/Clock
An integral 800 event logger shall record all system events
and include the time, date, event, and point ID for each
event. Types of events to be stored shall include: alarms,
restorals, troubles, access events, and openings and
closings by user. Programming options shall allow the
Logger to record certain functions entered at command
centers. The stored events in Logger shall be retrievable
with a Remote Account Manager software package.
The D7412's intemal clock shall support the Skeds
scheduled events) feature. The user shall have the option
to alter the Sked activation times using a programmable
passcode.
Command Centers
System command centers shall be Radionics D1255
Command Center, 01256 Fire Command Center, and
D1257 Fire Annunciator. Each of these shall be equipped
with a 16-character alphanumeric display, distinct fire and
burglary tones, and backlighted multi -key touchpad.
The D1255, D1256, and D1257 shall have the ability to
display the following for each detection point: alarm,
trouble, service, faulted, and custom text. In addition,
expanded, addressable point displays shall include
missing and extra, point information. System wide displays
shall include: local system test, sensor reset, fire test
mode, and user programming prompts.
Remote control through the use of the Remote Account
Manager software shall include: reset of audible signals.
activation/deactivation of D8129 relays, interrogation of
battery, point and armed status, the enabling or disabling
of reporting functions. and the shunting of reporting points
during servicing.
System Test
The Fire Test mode shall support single person operation.
All reports to the central station shall be suppressed while
the fire test is being conducted. The Fire Test mode shall
be activated by entering a user passcode at the D1255R.
All testing data shall be visible on command center and
annunciator displays during testing,
Hardware
The D7412 shall provide up to 75 individually identified
addresses. Each shall accommodate normally open and/or
normally closed devices with End -Of -Line resistor
supervision. Each point shall be programmable for fire, fire
supervisory or burglary applications. Also, silent or steady
and/or pulsed audible, and local or remote reporting to a
receiver.
External Hardware
The D7412 shall allow the use of one on -site parallel
printer using Radionics D9131A Printer Interface Module.
Events shall print as they are stored in logger. The printer
shall print the time, date, account number, event, point ID,
point text.
Installation, Warranty, and Training
Installation of the system, wiring of initiating devices and
signaling circuits shall be the responsibility of the installing
company.
Warranty on all components shall be for one year, subject
to manufacturer's limitations. Training in the complete
operation of the system shall be fumished by the installing
company upon completion of the installation.
Listings and Approvals
Fire
UL: Central Station, Local, Auxiliary, Remote Station, and
Household Fire Warning.
CFSM and NYC-MEA approved. FM is pending.
Burglary .
UL: Central Station, Local, Police Connect, Bank Safe and
Vault, Mercantile Safe and Vault, and Grade A Household
systems.
DOD: Approved for installations in Sensitive Compart-
mented Information Facilities (SCIF).
Access
UL: Access Control Systems.
10 1996 Radionics. Inc., Salinas, CA, USA. All rights resenfed. ISO 9002'
iM The Radionics logo is a registered trademark of Radtornc:,. Inc., Salinas. CA. CERTIFICATE NO. 83946
1826 P/N 34019B (1/97) R3dtnnir„ Inr 1800 Abnatt 3trer;1
System Description
The Radionics D7412 Control, Communicator provides an
integrated solution to Access Control, Security, and Fire
Alarm System applications.
The 07412 is a central control panel capable of monitoring
alarm points for intruder or fire alarms while operating
user command centers, access readers, door locks and
other outputs. The D7412 includes a built-in digital
communicator which reports events to selected
destinations via programmable routes. With programming
and accessory modules the D7412 offers flexibility and
beneficial features rarely found in other security control
systems.
Area Configurations
Area programming offers you a wide selection of different
system configurations. Each area is assigned to one of up
to eight account numbers to define annunciation, control,
and reporting functions.
User Interface
Command centers provide on -premises point and system
status annunciation. The D7412 provides a fully selectable
user interface so you can customize command center
displays and simplify operation by creating menu items
and functions and by only showing those menu items that
are appropriate to that area.
The Command Menu can help the new user to become
familiar with the features of the control panel. You program
the Command Menu for features and Custom Functions
that can be viewed at each command center.
Custom Functions allow users to perform complex
functions with a few keystrokes. Up to 4 Custom Functions
can be programmed, each identified by 16 characters of
custom text. You can program the panel with functions
containing up to 32 keystrokes each.
The D1255 Command Center, D1256 Fire Command
Center and D1257 Fire Annunciator use a 16-character
English language display to show system status, area
status (custom text), and point status (custom text). The
D720 LED Command Center provides command functions
and annunciation for up to 8 points in a single area. Any
combination of these command centers can be used within
the same area.
The D7412 includes easy to remember command
functions. Familiar commands like Command 1, Command
2, and Command 8 make the D7412 an easy transition for
seasoned Radionics customers.
UserPasscodes
The D7412 system can accommodate up to 75 individually
programmed user passcodes. Passcodes are 3 to 6 digits
in length with no fixed digits.
Each user is assigned to one of 14 customized authority
levels in each individual area. You can assign the user to a
different authority level for each area and assign a time
profile to control the user's passcode use.
Each user can be identified by a 16 character customized
name. When logged events associated with the user are
printed, reported to the central station in Radionics'
Modem Ilia ZTM communications format, or retrieved with
Remote Account Manager (RAM), the name assuc:stee
with the user passcode is included.
Security and Fire Detection
The D7412 provides eight "on -board" detection points. Add
expansion interfaces and up to 67 additional points to
provide up to 75 detection points. All points are individually
programmable and may be used to monitor all types of
burglar alarm, fire alarm, and supervision devices. The
D1255, D1256, and D1257 command centers show the
status of individual points with custom text,
Communications
The 07412 sorts reports by priority with primary, up to
three duplicates and backup paths for each. The
Radionics' Modem llla Tm communications format,
available with Radionics' D6500 Receiver and the D7412,
adds these reporting capabilities - to name just a few:
Reports individual point numbers, point text and other
event information
Opening/closing reports from up to 75 users, with user
name
Identifies Opening/Closing reports by area number
Reports access control events with up to 300 user ID's.
Reports remote programming attempts
Includes Diagnostic Reports
Local Event Storage and Printing
Up to 800 events can be recorded in the D7412 built in
Logger memory. All events - local only and transmitted
reports - are automatically stored. Each event log entry
contains the time, date, event description, account number,
point number, and user ID.
A command center function allows selected users to view
the event log from the command center. The events can be
retrieved remotely using RAM.
Events print as they are stored in the D7412's event log.
Each event appears in one 80-character line. One D9131 A
Parallel Printer Interface can be installed to record events
locally on a printer. The printer can record opening and
closing, access, alarm, Skeds, or any combination of
events. The D7412 can supervise various printer status
conditions.
Logger/Printer Applications
Logger and Local Printer are ideally suited for the
customer who would like to have a record of openings and
closings without having the extra communications cost.
Using Logger and the Remote Account Manager, you can
suppress reports and then retrieve the security system
events periodically using one phone call, rather than
receiving several calls each day.
When the panel's event log reaches the programmed
threshold of stored events, the D7412 sends a report to the
D6500 receiver to remind the central station to retrieve
events from the panel's log with the Remote Account
Manager.
026 P/N 34019E (1/97) 07412 SAerifirauon .Sheet 'a i996 Raoirn:r,: 1nr,
Scheduled Events (Skeds)
Day -of -week or date of the year schedules
Four holiday schedules of 365 days each
Up to 64 scheduled events and more than 20 different
functions
Remotely programmable with User control capability
from the command center
The D7412's internal clock and calendar help the panel
operate individual scheduled events (Skeds). You can
program each Sked to perform a specific function (such as
arm/disarm, relay control, point bypassing, etc.). Each
Sked is programmed for a time and either a day of the
week schedule or a date of the year schedule.
The User can change the time for the Sked if the Sked is
programmed for local time editing. Holiday schedules can
be used to enable or disable individual Skeds during the
holiday periods.
Fire Test
In the Fire Test Mode, the D7412 suppresses reports to the
receiver so you can test initiating and indicating devices
without transmitting alarms to the central station. When
you put the D7412 in Fire Test Mode, the panel sends a
report to the central station to indicate the start of the test.
Test events then become "local only". The command
center shows how many points are to be tested.
Each time a device initiates an alarm, the programmed
point text displays at the command center. The automatic
sensor reset feature of the Fire Test Mode allows you to
continue testing additional devices without time consuming
trips to the command center to manually reset sensors. At
the end of the test, the command center displays the
number of untested points. You can also view the point text
for each untested point.
When you take the D7412 out of Fire Test Mode, the panel
sends a report to the receiver indicating the completion of
the test.
Combining Access Control with Security
and Fire Detection
A combined system can help prevent false alarms by
making it easy to use just one system that controls
security, access, and fire functions.
The access control features of the D7412 can deny access
during armed periods. It can also grant access only to
certain authorized users depending on whether the area is
master armed, perimeter armed, or disarmed. The alarm
system can automatically disarm when designated
authorized users are granted access.
The D7412 can control two (2) Access Doors as part of the
75 intrusion and fire detection points.
You can use up to 300 Wiegand user identification devices
in the D7412 system. Up to four of the Wiegand user
devices can be associated with each of the 75 user
names, passcodes and area authority levels.
D9210 access Control Module
Access can be granted from a Wiegand style access
control device (access reader) when connected to a D9210
Access Control Module. Access may also be granted from
a REQUEST TO EXIT or a REQUEST TO ENTER input.
The 09210 Access Interface Module provides for connec.
tions of the access door point and the door strike. Up to
two 09210s can be incorporated on each system. Each
D9210 controls one door.
Each access door can be configured independently from
the other doors.
The same alarm door contact point controls the access
door and is part of the alarm system (the door does not
need to have double contacts).
The door contact can be either normally open or
normally closed and is used to reset the door strike time
when the door either opens or closes depending upon
programming.
The door contact can terminate a programmable door
entry buzzer (if used).
The door contact is shunted when valid access is being
granted through the door.
An optional buzzer can be triggered prior to the end of a
door shunt period to warn the user that a "door left open"
condition is about to occur.
The access point can be configured to generate an
alarm or a trouble (or have no response) when the door
is left open beyond the door shunt period.
The reading of access cards, in addition to the granting
of access, can control whether the system will disarm
along with granting of access.
The door strike can be programmed to be held open
automatically during the disarm period and then auto
matically re -lock when the area is armed.
The system can be configured to generate an alarm, a
trouble, (or have no response) depending upon the
area's armed condition when the door is opened outside
of an authorized access period.
An option is provided that can control whether access
granted conditions or access denied conditions send
events to the log by door.
REQUEST TO ENTER and REQUEST TO EXIT can be
programmed to shunt the door without activating the
strike.
Specifications
General
The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on
the plans, a Radionics D7412 Control/Communicator. The
panel shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for
NFPA 72 Applications.
The 07412 shall support initiating and indicating modules
and Radionics Command Centers. The D7412 Control/
Communicator power supply shall provide 1.4 Amps of
power for all processing functions and 12 VDC auxiliary
requirements.
Ry 1996 Radionics. !nr,. D7,112 So2cifirauon Sheet L.826 Pirl14r,196 (1i77)
a NQTI FI E Ra
FIRE SYSTEMS
A PrrrWAY COMPANY
vanFRfa116
The NOTIFIER NBG-12 Series is a cost-effective, feature -
packed, series of non -coded manual fire alarm pull sta-
tions. It was designed to meet multiple applications with
the installer and end -user in mind. The NBG-12 Series
features a variety of models including single- and dual -
action versions.
The NBG-12 Series provides the AM2020, AFP1010,
AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, AFP-100, System 5000, and
System 500 with an alarm initiating input signal. Its inno-
vative design, durable construction, and multiple mount-
ing options make the NBG-12 Series simple to install, main-
tain, and operate.
FEATURES
Aesthetically pleasing, highly visible design and color.
Attractive contoured shape and light textured finish.
Meets ADA 5 lb. maximum pull -force.
Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling
Boxes.
Easily operated (single- or dual -action), yet designed' o
prevent false alarms when bumped, shaken, or jarred.
PUSH IN/PULL DOWN handle latches in the down posi-
tion to clearly indicate the station has been operated.
The word 'ACTIVATED' appears on top of the handle in
bright yellow when the station has been operated, fur-
ther indicating operation of the station.
Operation handle features white arrows showing basic
operation direction for non -English-speaking persons.
Braille text included on inger-hold area of operation
handle and across top of handle.
Multiple hex- and key -lock models available.
U.S. patent pending hex -lock needs only a quarter -turn
to locklunlock.
Station can be opened for inspection and maintenance
without initiating an alarm.
Product ID label viewable by simply opening the cover,
label is made of a durable long -life material.
The words 'NORMAL' and'ACTIVATED* are molded into
the plastic adjacent to the alarm switch (located inside).
Four -position terminal strip molded into backplate.
Terminal strip includes Phillips combination -head cap-
tive 8/32 screws for easy connection to Initiating Device
Circuit (IDC).
Terminal screws backed -out at factory and shipped ready
to accept field wiring (up to 12 AWG/3.25 mma).
Terminal numbers are molded into the backplate, elimi-
nating the need for labels.
NBG-12 Series
Non -Coded Manual
Fire Alarm Pull Stations
Section: Conventional Initladng Devices
U.S. PATENTS PENDING
Ds
S692
Switch contacts are normally open.
Can be surface (with SB-10) or semi -flush mounted.
Semi -flush mount to a standard single -gang, double -
gang, or 4' (10.16 cm) square electrical box.
Backplate is large enough to overlap a single -gang
backbox cutout by 1/2e (12.7 mm).
Optional Vim ring (BG-TR).
Spanish version (FUEGO) available (NBG-12LSP).
Designed to replace the popular NBG-10 Series.
Models packaged in attractive, clear plastic (PVC),
clamshell-style, Point -of -Purchase packages. Packag-
ing includes a cutaway dust/paint cover in shape of pull
station. -
This document is not wenced to he used for mstallalion purposes. we try to keep our
rfproductinformationuD-1011a1e and accurate. 'Nca erannot ;aver all Specific applitions Or ISO-9001 anlicloale
all requirements. All -,oect6Wlions arq W01eCt t0 mange without notice. For Engineering and Manulacunng moremformation• contact NOTIFIER. phon.: !202) 4a4.7l.51 FAX: (202) 484-711a Cuality System Centbed ;o J
MOTIF] E R' ;ne R re- plInternational Slardard ISO-iC01 ttar, arq. '
lrintfnr 1. Connecthrut C5472 Made n trio lJ !.A.
NOTI FI E R" J FIRE SYSTEMS
A PITTWAY COMPANT'
Dual Action NBG-12L
INBG12 Series Manual Pull Stations
ment: 51015 Revision: B ECN: 98-461 08/04/99
Description
The NBG-12 Series Pull Stations are non -coded manual pull
stations which provide a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP)
with a single alarm initiating input signal. The NBG-12 se-
ries includes both single-action and dual -action models
equipped with either a hex or key lock reset. A single-ac-
tion pull -station is activated by a single pull -down of the
alarm handle. The dual -action versions require pushing in
the handle, then pulling the handle down for activation. The
NBG-12 series manual pull stations are UL listed and meet the
ADA requirement of a 5-lb. maximum pull force to activate.
Operating instructions are molded into the handle along with
Braille text. Molded terminal numbers can be found adjacent
to the wiring terminals.
N BG-12 Series Models available:
NBG-12S — Single action with. pigtail' connections and a hex
lock reset. Pigtail wires are provided for connection to the
Fire Alarm Control Panel's ( FACP) Initiating Device Circuit
I I DC),
12 - Dual action model with screll terminal connec-
tlun. anti :i hcx luck reset.
11(;-12I. Sonic a. NB(;_I_ c.,ccpl WRIT a kcl luck reset.
NW-12I.S1' tiamr:u \I;(; -!'I. r cht pith hush I:n_II>II
Ills: '1n:1111,11 'rlll'1•;IIIIIL' II1 11•I llllr lll>. `
S-itch Contact Ratim.,
A11 switch contacts are rated Ii>r 0.25 A at 31) hilts (AC or DC).
Installation
Surface mount the NBG-12 pull station to a SB-10 surface backhox.
Semi -flush mount the NBG-12 to a standard single ;ang. double -
gang, or 4-inch (10.16cm) square electrical box. Mount the op- tional Trim Ring (BG-TR) if necessary when semi -flush mounting
the unit. -
The word 'ACTIVATED'
is displayed
on the Pull station's
Pulled -down handle
If, during mounting of the pull station, the door becomes de-
tached, complete the following steps to reattach the door to the
backplate. The door cannot be connected to the pull station if theunitismountedtothebackbox.
L Position the door and backplate side by side in the full open
position. (i.e. 180-degrees with respect to each other.) 2. With the backplate position fixed, move the door behind the
backplate, as shown in the illustration, part A. 3. Align the hinge posts and holes by bringing the door up to meet
the backplate, paying particular attention to the 'keying' that
occurs when the door's post hole is aligned to the backplate's
hinge post. Refer to the illustration, part B. 4. With the two pieces aligned and 'keved'together. slide the holes
down onto the posts. Refer to the illustration, pan C. 5. Holding the backplate, close the door slightly to lock the doorandbackplatetogether.
j —~ - _ _ DOOR ATTACHMENT
i sNWppiJ3 With the door and
backplate aligned and
keyed' together. slide
o the holes down onto
the posts.
POST
fi
a C j N•
oLE
L.
0
rIV'.n1r1 Ih,: •::ihr furl: d3iLl
FEATURING .....
Diagnostic/Sensitivity Test Features
Chamber Check Self Diagnostics
Field Replaceable Smoke Chamber
Easy Disassembly for Cleaning
Sensitivity Voltage Output
Interchangeable 2-Wire and 4-Wire Bases
12 or 24 VDC Operation
135°F/ 57°C Heat Sensor Option
UL Listed, ULC Listed, CSFM, NYC MEA
CE
The DS250 Series are low profile,
Photoelectric System type smoke
detectors. They incorporate a separate
detector and base design that permits
use with both 2-wire and 4-wire bases.
The patented chamber design
provides superior immunity to false
alarms caused by dust. Chamber
Check self diagnostics allow the
sensitivity to be verified by simply
looking at the detector LED.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DT• 1 Test/
Removal Tool
A member of the
C1s detection systems Bosch Group
CIFICA T1ONS
POWER REQUIREMENTS 2-wire: 8.5 to 33VOC
4-wire: 10 to 30VOC
ALARM OUTPUT Signal output is dependent on base selection. See Base Selection Guide below.
STANDBY CURRENT 80uA @ 12VDC: 90uA a 24VDC.
ALARM CURRENT 2-w ire: Dependent on control panel. Panel must limit the alarm current to t00mA
maximum.
4-wire:MB4W: 48mA a 12VOC: 24VDC
M84WA: 56mA ® 12 8 24VOC
M84WE: 80mA 12 3 24VOC
M54WS: Smoke Detector: 48mA ® 12VDC, SImA ® 24VOC
Sounder: ISmA 12VDC, 25mA ft 24VDC
RADIO FREQUENCY No alarm or setup on critical frequencies in the range of 26 to 950 Megahertz at 50v/m.
INTERFERENCE (RFI)
IMMUNITY
STORAGE 3 OPERATING 32'F to +120'F (O'C to 40'C) 0 to 95% relative humidity (non -condensing).
TEMPERATURE For UL Certificated Installations, +32'F to 100'F (O'C to 40'C).
TEST FEATURES LED automatically flashes to indicate out of calibration level. Magnet operation/sensitivity
test function meets NFPA 72 testing recommendations. Voltage output allows direct
reading of the sensitivity level using a standard DVM.
ENCLOSURE DESIGN High impact, fire retardant ABS plastic enclosure and separate twist -lock bases.
CHAMBER CHECK This feature allows the detector to automatically indicate if its calibration is out of the
factory listed range. This allows NFPA guidelines for sensitivity testing to be met by
visually inspecting the detector and checking the flash rate of the LED. If the calibration
is out of range for more than 36 hours, the alarm LED on the detector will begin to flash
once per second. This is an indication that the detector needs to be cleaned following
the instructions provided with the detector. The LED will flash once every 3 seconds
when the detector is operating normally.
MOUNTING Compatible with 2-wire or 4-wire bases. Bases can be mounted to 4 in. octagon, single
gang, wiremold $5738 and 4 in. square boxes. NOTE: the MB2W base cannot mount to
a 4 in, square box.
HEAT SENSOR TEMPERATURE 135-F (57-C) (DS250TH only).
ORDERING INFORMATION To order, specify DS250 detector (requires a base). DS250TH detector with 135'F
57'C) heat sensing thermistor (requires a base) or the DS2500H (for use with the
DS291/OS292 Duct Smoke Detector housings).
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Replacement Smoke Chamber (shipped in packages of 10). OT-1 Removal/Test Tool
provides a means of accessing the detector without the use of a ladder by connecting to
A in. EMT or standard broom handle). EOL200 End -of -Line Supervision Module for use
with 4-wire systems. TC2000 Test Cord. TP280 Trim Plate for retrofit and remodeling
purposes. 6 / in. (16.2 cm) diameter.
LISTINGS HEADS: UL Listing S3019. ULC Listing CS692, NYC-MEA Acceptance #MEA274-93-E.
CSFM #727-1062:103 and FM Job #OXBA6.AY. CE-EMC 891336
BASES : UL Listing S3019, ULC Listing CS692, NYC-MEA Acceptance #MEA274-93-E.
CSFM #7300-1062:107 and FM Job #0X8A6.AY. CE-EMC 891336
U.S. PATENTS 05.400,014. $5,543.777. #5,552.765. 90359.078. #DES293.089
BASE SELECTION GUIDE
Base Description Output Diameter
M82W 2-wire 2-wire 5.5'(14cm)
M82WL 2-wire w/large diameter 2-wire 6.375' (16.2 cm)
MB4W 4-win; Normally Open alarm contact. 6.375'
Rated 10 watts. 0.5 Amps @ 100 VDC 16.2 cm)
M84WA 4-wire wlaux. relay Normally Open alarm contact and Form 6.375-
C' auxiliary contact. 16.2 cm)
Contacts rated 62.5 VA. 0.5 A @ 125 VAC.
30 W, 1.0 A @ 30 VDC for resistive loads.
M84WE 4-wire w/Normally Open Normally Open alarm contact and Normally 6.375'
aux, relay and Open auxiliary contact. Built:n Normally 16.2 cm)
power supervision Closed power supervision relay opens on
power loss.
Contacts rated 62.5 VA. 0.5 A @ 125 VAC.
30 W. 1.0 A C130 VDC for resistive loads.
M84WS 4-wire wlexternally Normally Open alarm contact. Rated 10 6.375'
powered 85d8 sounder Wans. 0.5 Amps @ 100 VDC. Built in 16.2 cm)
sounder.
T
05250Hsad 4.4cm)
M62W Base
U cm)
t.75'
DS250 Head 4.4 cm)
M84W Base
5
te.2 cm) c
DS250 Head
1
2.15'
5.5ICM)
MBZWL Base I
i
5.375'
15.2 cm)
Detection Systems, Inc.
130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport, New York 14450-9199 isoeoo:
PIN 26790M (585) 223-4060 • Cust. Sernce (888) 289-0096 - Technical Service (800) 374-7454
Fax: (585) 223-9180 - Faxback: (800) 315-0470 or (585) 223-4060 ext. 4319 -:ERmF1CATEH0./3177
Octcber 19. 1998 J-ij1
NOTIFIER
FIRE SYSTEMS
A PITTWAY COMPANY
GENERAL
Wheelock's new devices, the NS/NS4 Series Horn Strobes
and the NH Series Horns, feature low current design with re-
duced inrush. The hom devices provide a selectable continu-
ous hom tone or a temporal pattern (Code 3) tone when con-
stant voltage from a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) is ap-
plied. Each tone has two dB settings to choose from. All
models (hom only or hom with strobe) may be synchronized
when used in conjunction with SM or DSM Sync Modules.
Additionally, the hom may be silenced while maintaining strobe
activation of the NS/NS4 Series hom-strobe devices. All of
these features are achievable with either the patented two -
wire NS Series or with the four -wire NS4 Series models. .
The NS/NS4 Series hom-strobe devices and the NH horn
devices are designed for maximum performance, reliability, and
cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest re-
quirements of NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1
American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Build-
ings and Facilities), and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Sig-
naling Devices for the Hearing Impaired), and UL 464 (Audible
Signal Appliances). NS/NS4 audible strobe devices, when
properly specified and installed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI
standards, can provide the Equivalent Facilitation allowed under
ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG General Section 2.2)
by meeting or exceeding the illumination which results from
the ADA-specified strobe intensity of 75 candela at 50 feet
15.24 m). This is an illumination of 0.030 lumens per square
foot.
When used with the Wheelock SM or DSM Series Sync Mod-
ules, the continuous hom tone produces a synchronized tem-
poral (Code 3) tone. This ensures a distinct temporal (Code
3) pattern when two or more homs are within hearing distance.
If not synchronized, the temporal sound could overlap and not
be distinctive. Additionally, if strobes on the same circuit are
synchronized, this provides the ability to comply with ADA rec-
ommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy and to meet
NFPA requirements when installing two or more visual devices
within the field of view. All of this, plus the ability to silence the
horn, is achieved by using only two wires (NS/NH).
FEATURES
ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant. Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165.
Low current draw and reduced inrush.
Wall -mount only.
Two selectable tones and dB levels:
Continuous tone: anechoic, 90 or 95 dB; reverberant, 82 or
88 dB @ 24 VDC.
Temporal Code 3 tone: anechoic, 90 or95 dB; reverberant,
75 or 82 dB @ 24 VDC.
Patent pending Universal Mounting Plate for single -gang,
double -gang, 4" (10.16 cm) square, or 100 mm European
backboxes, or Wheelock's SHBB shallow surface backbox.
No additional trim plates required.
Wheelock
NS/NS4 Series Horn Strobes
and NH Series Horns
Section: Audio/Visual Devices
U` ULC F M
E 5946 CS 243 (NH) 007A4.AY
CS 356 (NWNS4:
15 cd, 75 cd, b 110 Cd)
Califomia
State Fire
Marshal
7125-0785:142
NH Horn
M EA
151-92-E
NS/NS4
Horn
Strobe
Available with 15, 15f75, 30, 75, and 110 candela strobe
intensities.
15/75 candela wall -mounted strobes are listed at 15 candela
under UL Standard 1971 and meet 75 candela intensity on
axis for ADA guidelines with low current draw.
Two versions available: two -wire for both hom and strobe;
four -wire model.
Non -sync and sync in one model (synchronization requires a
SM or DSM Sync Module).
Matching hom in 12124 volts (selectable).
This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our
product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001
anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For Engineering and Manufacturing _
more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484.7118 Quality System Certified to
rJ INOTI FI E R
International Standard ISO-9001
One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 Made in the U.S.A.
ON-6601 — Parte 1 )1 4
GENERAL NOTES
Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum
from 20 to 31 VDC (for 24 VDC models), or 10.5 to 15.6 VDC
for 12 VOC models). Note that NFPA-72 (1996) specifies a
flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second. and ADA guidelines
specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second.
All candela ratings represent minimum effective strobe inten-
sity based on UL 1971.
NS/NS4 Horn Strobe products are listed under UL 1971 for
indoor use with a temperature range of 321F to 1201F (01C to
49'C) and maximum humidity of 85%.
ORDERING INFORMATION
NH Series horns are listed under UL 164 for juCihle s,y;'ai
appliances.
WARNINGI
PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING,
SPECIFYING, OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO
COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS,
CAUTIONS, AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER
APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE
PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD
RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR
DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS.
MODEL NUMBER
INPUT
VOLTAGE
STROBE
CANDELA
ING
OPTIONS' MODEL NUMBER INPUT
VOLTAGE
STROBE
CANDELA
MOUNTING
OPTIONS'
NS-2415W-FR 24 VOC 15 BG. X NS4-2415W-FR 24 VDC 15 B. D, R G. X
NS-241575W-FR 24 VDC 15/75 BF.G. X NS4-241575W-FR 24 VDC 15175 B. D, F, G, X
NS-2430W-FR
NS-2475W-FR
24 VOC
24 VOC
30
75
BD., X
BF.. XMFG NS4-2430W-FR
NS4-2475W-FR
24 VDC
24 VDC
30
75
B. D. R G. X
B. D. F. G. X
NS-2411OW-FR 24 VDC 110 B, X NS4-2411OW-FR 24 VDC 110 B, D. F, G. X
NS-121575W-FR 12 VDC 15175 S, X NS4-121575W-FR 12 VDC 15/75 B, D, F, G, X
NH-12/24-R 12124 VDC B. D. F. G, X
SYNC MODULES" INPUT VOLTAGE AVE RRENT MOUNTING OPTIONS• 4
SM-1224-R• 12 VDC / 24 VDC 1 0.014 V ) 10.025 (24 VDC) E, N
OSM-12R44i 12 VDC / 24 VOC 1 0.020 (12 VDC) / 0.038 (24 VDC) W
NOTES: 1) ALL MODELS are wall -mount and offered in red only. 2) SUFFIXES USED ABOVE: W = Wall mounting; F = Fin;
lettering; R at end = Red; 4 = 4-wire. EXAMPLES: NS-2415W-FR (2-wire - Zfall mounting -Eire lettering, eed); NS4-2415W-FR (4-
wire -) Call mounting -Eire lettering, $ed). 3) SYNCHRONIZED TEMPORAL (Code 3) TONE is achieved when the continuous horn
tone' is selected and connected to the SM or DSM Sync Modules. Refer to installation instructions for the NS Series (Wheelock
P83518), NS4 Series (Wheelock #11283601), and NH (Wheelock #1283600).
For descriptions of MOUNTING OPTIONS, refer to NOTIFIER data sheet DN-6111, derived from Wheelock #S7000.
SM Sync Modules are rated for 3.0 amperes at 12 or 24 VDC; DSM Dual Control Modules are rated for 3.0 amperes per
circuit. The maximum number of interconnected DSM modules is twenty (20). Refer to installation instructions for SM (Wheelock
P83123) and DSM (Wheelock #P83177).
NSIN34INH Series: average current' - 24-volt models
NS SERIES: VOLTAGE NS-2415W NS-241575W NS-243OW NS-2475W NS-24110W
AVERAGE CURRENT'
with Low dBA Setting (90 dBA)
20.0 VDC 0.071 A 0.089 A 0.100 A 0.173 A 0.210 A
24.0 VOC 0.065 A 0.080 A 0.087 A 0.145 A 0.174 A
31.0 VDC 0.059 A 0,068 A 0,077 A 0.118 A 0.141 A
AVERAGE CURRENT'
with High dBA Setting (95 dBA)
20.0 VDC 0,078 A 0.094 A 0.108 A 0.177 A 0.219 A
24.0 VDC 0.072 A 0.086 A 0.097 A 0.155 A 0.185 A
31.0 VDC 0.070 A 0,081 A 0,088 A 0.129 A 0.153 A
NS41NH SERIES: VOLTAGE NS4.2415W NS4-241575W NS4-2430W N54.2475W NS4-24110W
AVERAGE CURRENT'
STROBE ONLY INPUT
20.0 VDC 0.064 A 0.080 A 0.095 A 0,157 A 0.199 A
24.0 VDC 0.054 A 0.068 A 0.081 A 0.133 A 0.161 A
31.0 VDC 0.047 A 0.056 A 0.066 A 0.108 A 0.131 A
AVERAGE CURRENT`
Audible Only NS41NH Input
with Low dBA Setting (90 dBA)
20.0 VOC 0.016 A 0.016 A 0.016 A 0.016 A 0.016 A
24.0 VOC 0.021 A 0,021 A 0.021 A 0.021 A 0.021 A
31.0 VDC 0.026 A 0.026 A 0.026 A 0.026 A 0.026 A
AVERAGE CURRENT'
Audible Only NS4/NH Input
with High dBA Setting (95 dBA)
20.0 VDC 0.020 A 0.020 A 0.020 A 0.020 A 0.020 A
24.0 VDC 0.027 A 1 0.027 A 0.027 A 0.027 A 0.027 A
31.0 VDC 0.034 A 0.034 A 0.034 A 0.034 A 0.034 A
NS421575W average current'
AVG. CURRENT' I AVG. CURRENT'
Low dBA Setting High dBA Setting
10.5 VOC 0.197 0.199
12.0 VDC 0.172 0.175
15.6 VDC 0.143 0.147
N34121575W average current'
VOLTAGE
12-volt
model
STROBE ONLY
INPUT
AUDIBLE ONLY
NS41NH INPUT
with LOW dBA
Settings (90 dBA)
AUDIBLE ONLY
NS4/NH INPUT
with HIGH dBA
Settings (95 dBA)
10.5 VOC 0.189A 0.011A 0.016A
12.0VDC 0.162A 0.014A 0.018A
15.6 VDC 0.130 A 0.017 A 0.023 A
Average current per actual Wheelock Production Testing tc-_D 10.5. 12. 15.6, 20. 24. and 31 I/DC. For rated average and peak Current
across the UL listed voltage range for both filtered and unfiltered VRMs, see installation instructions (Wheelock xP83518).
Page 2 of 4 - DN•6601
FEATURES QUICK REFERENCE
MODEL NUMBER
ALL
MOUNT NON -SYNC SYNC'S wl
SM or OSM
STROBE
CANDELA 24 VOC 12 VDC 2-WIRE 4-WIRE
NS-2415W-FR X X X. 15 X X
NS-241575W-FR X X X 15175 X X
NS-2430W-FR X X X 30 X X
NS-2475W-FR X X X 75 X X
NS-2411OW-FR X X X 110 X X
NS-121575W-FR X X X 15175 X X
NS4-2415W-FR X X X 15 X X
NS4-241575W-FR X X X 15175 X X
NS4-2430W-FR X X X 30 X I X
NS4-2475W-FR X X X 75 X X
NS4-24211OW-FR X X X 110 X X
NS4-121575W-FR XI X X 15175 X X
NH-12/24-R
can also ceiling -mount)
X X X X Xi , X
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NS device non -synchronized. _
From
PRECEDING { -I — } To NEXT
DEVICE DEVICE
or FACP or EOLR
SIGNAL
NS and NH devices synchronized with
DSM Module dual Class "A" (Style Z) _
circuit with NO audible silence feature.
DSM
NOTES:
NSINS4/NH must be set on continuous horn tone to
achieve synchronized temporal (Code 3) tone. Refer to
installation instructions (Wheelock #P83518).
For details on using SM or DSM Sync Modules, refer to
Wheelock data sheet #S3000, or Wheelock installation
instructions #P83123 (for SM) or #P83177 (for DSM).
NS devices synchronwith SM Module single
Class "B" (Zil circuit _ WITH
audible silence feature. FACP
SM STROBE
STROBE
NAC
CIRCUIT - STROBE EOLR' 0 +
OUT NS
NS NS OUT
AUDIBLE
EOLR
VALUE AUDIBLE
EOLR. 3- DETERMINED NAC
CIRCUIT BY FACP NAC
CIRCUIT(S). AUDIBLE
NS
and NH devices synchronized with
multiple DSM Modules. _ INTERCONNECTING
WIRING SHOWN. MAXIMUM
OF TWENTY (20) DSM MODULES. AUDIBLE
NAC
DSM #1 FACP
CIRCUIT . i NS NSr-. NH i STROBE
B SYNC + NAC
CIRCUIT
Irj O SYNC - AUDIBLE
NAC
CIRCUIT .
STROBE
B SYNC + NAC
p SYNC - CIRCUITitAUDIBLE
DSM #3 NACr 17 r r— CIRCUIT !
NS n NS r NH I
I I i STROBE'
NAC
I L ;,
9 SYNC + CIRCUIT `—
I'9 SYNC - CN•
5501 — Poge ; of 4
OWARNINGI T CONTACT WHEELOCK FOR "INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS" (Wheelock xPs3513) AND "GENERAL
INFORMATION" SHEET (Wheelock 8P82380) ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE MATERIALS UNDERGO
PERIODIC CHANGES. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU HAVE CURRENT INFORMATION ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE MATERI-
ALS CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE READ PRIOR TO SPECIFYING OR INSTALLING THESE PROD-
UCTS, INCLUDING:
TOTAL CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL DEVICES CONNECTED TO SYSTEM PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER
SOURCES.
FUSE RATINGS ON NAC CIRCUITS TO HANDLE PEAK CURRENTS FROM ALL DEVICES ON THOSE CIRCUITS.
COMPOSITE FLASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW.
VOLTAGE APPLIED: THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THESE PRODUCTS MUST BE WITHIN THEIR RATED INPUT VOLT-
AGE RANGE.
INSTALLATION OF 110 CANDELA STROBE PRODUCTS IN SLEEPING AREAS.
INSTALLATION IN OFFICE AREAS AND OTHER SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION ISSUES.
Note: USE NSINS41NH ONLY ON CIRCUITS WITH CONTINUOUSLY APPLIED OPERATING VOLTAGE. DO NOT USE
NSINS4/NH SERIES ON CODED OR INTERRUPTED NAC CIRCUITS IN WHICH THE APPLIED VOLTAGE IS CYCLED ON
AND OFF, AS THE STROBE MAY NOT FLASH.
CONDUCTOR SPECIFICATIONS: CONDUCTOR SIZE (AWG), LENGTH AND AMPACITY SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO
CONSIDERATION PRIOR TO DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THESE PRODUCTS, PARTICULARLY IN RETROFIT
INSTALLATIONS.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OR GENERAL INFORMATION SHEETS COULD RESULT IN
IMPROPER INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH
COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS.
Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated,
maintained, and operationally tested in accordance with their installation instructions at the time of installation and at least twice a year
or more often and in accordance with local, state, and federal codes, regulations, and laws. Specification, application, installation,
operation, maintenance, and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), National Electrical Code (NEC), Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, county, province, district, federal, and other applicable building and fire standards,
guidelines, regulations, laws, and codes including, but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local
authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).
ARCHITECTS' & ENGINEERS' SPECIFICATIONS
The notification appliances shall be Wheelock NS/NS4 Series Horn Strobe and NH Series Horn devices; and companion SM and
DSM Sync Modules, or approved equivalents. NS/NS4 Series devices shall be listed under UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices
for the Hearing Impaired for Indoor Fire Protection Service). NH Series Hom and SM and DSM Sync Modules shall be UL listed under
Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). NS/NS4/NH and SM/DSM devices shall be certified to meet FCC Part 15. Class B.
The devices shall be designed for two- or four -wire operation and shall provide either a continuous hom/strobe signal or temporal
Code 3) tone when constantly applied voltage from a Notification Appliance Circuit (NACs) of the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or
synchronized temporal (Code 3) hom and synchronized strobe when used in conjunction with the SM or DSM Sync Modules.
The NS Series shall be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation (when used with the
SM or OSM Sync Modules). The SM and DSM Sync Modules shall incorporate two inputs from Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)
for power connection from the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP); one for the strobe (NAC) circuit and one for the audible (NAC) circuit.
A single two- or four -wire output shall control both the audible and visual appliances. Upon activation of the audible silence function
of the FACP, the audible signal shall be silenced while maintaining strobe activation.
Sound output at 10 feet (3.048 m) shall be field -selectable for 92 or 97 dBA anechoic for both continuous or temporal (Code 3) tone.
The NS/NS4 Series shall provide listed strobe intensities of 15, 15175, 30, 75, and 110 candela, with a flash rate of one flash per
second minimum across the listed voltage range. The strobe shall incorporate a Xenon® flashtube enclosed in a rugged LEXANO
lens.
The Sync Module shall be designed and available in two versions: the SM-12124, for control of a single Class B NAC circuit; and
a dual -output version, the DSM-12/24, for control of either a single Class A or two Class B NAC circuits. The DSM dual -circuit version
shall provide the additional capability of "daisy -chaining," i.e., the ability to interconnect multiple OSM's for synchronous hom and
strobe operation on multiple NAC circuits. DSM-12/24 coverage interconnection capability shall be for a maximum of 20 modules (40
Class "B" NAC circuits or 20 Class 'A" NAC circuits). Rated average current requirement for the SM-12/24 shall be 0.014 amperes @
12 VDC and 0.025 amperes @ 24 VDC: the DSM-12/24 shall be 0.020 amperes @ 12 VDC and 0.038 amperes @ 24 VDC. The SM
Sync Module shall be capable of handling a three -ampere load at 12 or 24 VOC. The DSM Sync Modules shall be capable of handling
a load of three amperes per circuit in the Class "B" mode, and three amperes per module in the Class 'A' mode at 12 or 24 VDC.
SM or DSM Sync Modules and NS/NS4 Horn Strobes shall be designed as a system for continuous activation of the strobes should
the Sync Module contacts fail in the passive state (i.e., contacts remain closed). In this default mode, the strobes shall revert to a non -
synchronized default flash rate.
NS/NS4/NH devices shall be designed for operation at 12 or 24 VDC, over their respective listed voltage ranges of 10.5 to 15.6 VOC;
and 20.0 to 31.0 VDC. The units shall be designed for operation on filtered DC, or unfiltered VRMs. Rated average current for NSiNS4
Series devices shall depend upon voltage and strobe intensity; the NS Series current shall be as low as 0.053 amperes for 24 VDC
versions and 0.133 amperes for 12 VDC versions (both with volume set at high -dB output). Rated average current for Series NH
volume set at high -dB output) shall be 0.021 amperes for 24 VDC versions and 0.014 amperes for 12 VDC versions.
All versions shall be polarized for DC supervision and shall incorporate screw terminals for in/out field wiring of size #18 AWG (0.75
mm') to #12 AWG (3.25 mm').
NS/NS4/NH shall incorporate a unique Universal Mounting Plate which shall allow mounting to single -gang, double -gang, 4" (10.16
cm) square, 100 mm European backboxes or Wheelock's SHBB surface backbox. No additional trim plate shall be required for flush
mounting. - -
Dimensions for NS/NS4/NH appliances shall be 4.75" (120.650 mm) square by 1.22" (30.988 mm) deep.
Due to continuous development of products offered by NOTIFIER, specifications and product availability are subject to change
without notice in accordance with NOTIFIER standard terms and conditions.
Page 4 n1 4 — DN•6601
DTK-ml20 HVV
Jectricai Specifications j
Class: AC Hard -Wired Transiert Vcitage Surge Succresscr
Installation Point: Single Cirm-A
Agency Approvals: UL. cUL 14AS . IEEE C62.415
Connection Method: Hardwire carallel =nnecicn '
Continuous Current: Unlimited (Parallel Installaticn)
Response Time: 5 NSec Installed, <1 NSec Ccmcenent Lavel
MCOV: f30 VRN1S/1 ESVFK
Operating Frequency: 50/E0 Hz
AC Protection Modes: L — N, L — G, N — G
Service Voltage: 110 1 125- VAC
Diagnostics: Irdicatcr L. c t - z
EMVRFi Noise Filtering, Yes
Surge Current: 2.5CC rr-cs'm„„ax
Suppressed Voltage Rating: SGOV
Max Energy: 1 SO Jcules
Phvsicai Stecificadons i
Housing: Hich Imcac-
Housing Color- EIac'k
X, Housing Size- 7 X, ....:.'
Weicht: 0.1 cl'cs
Warranty
Lifetime Product Replacement'Narrantl rR rf i3 eC :%di i
IT EK-' rar arts hls f :G';:'+' `.0 Ce `r `r::.:eior; .n F rt;..ars ..,C =rd at f al 3rd `C ;r r?
ter ncr"'al use art if ti f _ _1,:'i?. C-i i _.K mO . ;ca;' :f
1_
c 51T
DTK=LVLP Series
nectrical Specifications
Class: Low Voltage Line Protection
Installation Point: Wire Entry to Building
Agencv Approvals: UL4978
Connection Method: Screw terminals 16-22 awq wire.
Continuous Current: 5A
Response Time• 5 NSec (Installed)
Wiring Configuration: 2.4.5. and 8 wire Models available
to^Aoc- L - G (All fires protected)
10 I X LV J OPX I SPK ISGR I RUV
Max. Surge Current': I Z5CA 11 ZCCA 12CCA t ZCCA 1 ZCCA 11 ZCOA I 1-OCA
Max Energy Dissipation (joules)** o.a 1.3 3.; I I,zo I o
MCOV- 13VCc 1evcc1 3evCc I >",Zc I ;cz%McltzrMCI'act
Tvoical Let -through Voltage: 1 9-1e E:z4 1 4z-3z T4- 0 toe-1=1135-1'ea-
Per Line
Physical Specifications
Housing: Hich Imcac`. Plastic
Housing Color. Black
Housing Size' 3.01" x 1.P.C" x 1.-:C"
Weight: .25 ibs.
I Warranty
Revised 3=99
Lifetime Product Replacement Warranty
DITEK,marrants this product to be free frcm defeets in wcrkmanship and material and to operate
i,nder ncrmal use and corditicns. If defectNe, DITEK will repair or replace this unit,Mthout charge.
s _
INE Ci T _K CENTER I -P C, r, 7TZ 45
720 Stave'/ RCaC,
ar ;r,_ ';
WIRE AHD CABLE
BUILDIN wIRE
THHNITHWNITFFN THERMOPUSTEC Copper and Alum num Conductor-600 Volts
IRSULMON NYLON JACKETED Small -diameter single conductor PVC insuiated!Nyion jacketed
wire suitable for use in dry locations at a conductor operating
temperature of 909C and in wet locations at 75°C. It is also listed
by UL as Type MTW 90°C. AWM 105°C. and VW-1. and is
Gasoline and Oil Resistant. Sizes 1 /0 AWG and larger are recog-
nized for CT use.
LDs. M/Fl.
Catalog N AWu No. of Strands Insul. Thickness In. Jacket Thickness 0.0. In. Cooper Alum.
THHN-I4-SOL 14 1 015 004 11 16
THHN-I2-SOL 12 1 015 004 12 24
THHH-10-SOL 10 1 020 004 15 37
TFFN-18-STR 18' 16 075 004 09 8
TFFN-16-STR 16' 26 015 004 10 12
THHN-I4-STR t 9 015 004 11 16
THHN-12-STR 12 19 015 004 13 24
THHN-10-STR 10 19 020 004 1Ir 739 THHN-
8-STR 6 19 030 005 22 64 THHN-
6-STR 6 19 030 005 26 96 37 THHN-
4-STR 4 19 040 006 33 154 61 THHN-
3-STR 3 19 040 006 36 191 THHN-
2-STR 2 19 040 006 39 236 88 THHN-
I-STR 1 19 050 007 45 302 116 THHN-
1/0-STR 1/0 19 050 007 49 375 140 THHN-
2/0-STR 2/0 19 050 007 54 465 170 THHN-
310-STR 310 19 050 007 59 578 206 THHN-
410-STR 4/0 19 050 007 65 719 254 THHN-
259-MCM STR 2515 MCM 37 060 008 72 856 308 THHN-
309 MCM STR 300 MCN. 37 060 008 77 1021 361 THHN-
350 MCM STR 350 MC! 37 060 008 63 1182 04 THHN-
409 MCM STR 400 MCM 37 060 008 87 1350 466 THHN-
500 MCM STR 500 MCM 37 060 008 96 1662 569 THHN-
690 MCM STR 600 MCM 61 070 009 06 2019 69, THHN-
759 MCM STR 750 MCM 61 070 009 1.17 2502 846 THHN-
1090 MCM STR 1000 MCM 61 070 009 1.32 3263 1116 LW9d
as TM 9r." Apok ince Wmn; Marrnal fIrC EwoSeC rc pill anp 90 MTW Fo'
almnmpm CMUClor enre! peS/Qnaopn AL after THHN. EUmole THMM-AL • 14-SOL Color
Abbreviations 3J( -
Brae B_
U - Blue BRN -
Brown GRN -
Green GRY -
Gray ORN -
Orange PNK -
Pink PUn -
Pumle RED
Rey TAn
Tar M
FOWER LIMITED FIRE
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING CABLE
MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR UNSHIELDED —
CABLED & JACKETED
UL Listed NEC Type FPLR
NOMINAL NOMINAL
CATALOG
NO.
NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS AWG SIZE
INSULATION
THICKNESS
JACKET
THICKNESS
NOMINAL
0.0
POUNDS PER
THOUSAND FT.
STANDARD
STOCK COLORS
5aC0J 22 SCUQ 010 015 150 16 AEO
5a12J a SCL:Q o10 o1a t5c E
5a21 J a 2 SCUQ 010 015 7 REO
5a38J 10 2 SCUD 010 015 2C5 23 5E]
5a23,: 12 22 SCL!0 010 015 ZO a8 KO
5a2 J 16 2 SCUD 010 01 tar- 19 E
22 -C J
5 2: 2 to SCUQ 010.015 1Cti 17 RED
aCw a 18 SCLiQ 010 Ot5 1c= 1 REO
ace. 010
5a1CJ 10 18 SCL!Q 010 015 25a nED
f 5a12i tz to SvUO o10 015 z a n RED
UO o10 RED
cSCLO 71G V
16 SvL!G 010 015 RE
12 SCUO 01e. 015- QrtCJ
CESCRIP70N: Fare G,;Fer, PVC-Insula'Ccn, Cat ler' F`IC JaCc
COLOR CCOE. Sae Ccicr CeCe C1.1 E cii pa5le
RAMNG: "".-,,L7.ec '-1e,Ai.:ce icu.-r -:;Ise-, -aLv''mee5.C:t:aZa C:.mFlies'+viti L t?53; '- :r
er3cJ "are'zr,. UL' 1c c.:est ;cr'1are acFagaucrn;,eint ct elec :;cal mcles :nsailed rem
2C0 vclts red iiremert; S=y c:ne.:in Se, cn 76ir-.1(c):7:ir"1(ej ct NE..I Califcr„ia.Fire MatrtlallAF rcved TT16t-31r1. '-.%:,:::`::.:' =:. - ... _ "f• .. APP'
L,CA7;CN: ,ncccr `cr;,cwe,-5rr;itey 'irkGrcte e. rCiifs, ccn wrCt;it ,e NEC.... , ... . =... _.. All
weight ar;C :irrensicns in t as catalcg are estmates cnly. NOTES
STANDBY BATTERY CALCULATIONS
AST GROUP MONITORING PANEL(S)
ALARM SUPV TOTAL TOTAL
QTY CURRENT CURRENT ALARM SUPV
CONTROL PANEL 1 500 MA 410 500 410
ZONE 1 SPARE 0 0 MA 0 0 0
ZONE 2 SMOKE DETECTOR 1 0.012 MA 0.1 0.012 0.1
ZONE 3 PULL STATION 1 0 MA 0 0 0
ZONE 4 FLOW SWITCH 0 0 MA 0 0 0
ZONE 5 TAMPER SWITCH 0 0 MA 0 0 0
ZONE 6 BACK FLOW TAMPER 0 0 MA 0 0
ZONE 7 SPARE 0 0 MA 0 0 0
ZONE 8 SPARE 0 0 MA 0 0 0
NAC CIRCUIT # 1 - HORN 1 0.172 MA 0 0.172 0
500.2 410.1
0.5 0.41
MINUTES IN ALARM X .084 0.042
BACK UP HRS REQ'D IN SUPV. 60
BACK UP HRS REQ'D IN ALARM 5
MINIMUM ALARM AH = 0.042
MINIMUM SUPV. AH = 24.61
SUB TOTAL = 24.65
MINIMUM BATTERY REQ'D (1.1 FACTOR) 27.11
AFA TO USE (4) 12 VOLT 7 AMP HR BATTERIES 28 AMP HOURS STANDBY
Ll
ZONE D
V
m ZONE 1 ! b
wu
111111111 ZONE
Z7 ZONE rA — Alarm
ZONE IS — Trouble
Suppression Sys. r
by others.)
FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLAN
FIELD VERIFY
ro ii T Z F4CT LOCATION
u1
ZONE D( pT gl, iir00
Hlnro% ) nOILPZWU0 DI''tiA
o I.FF.R.o) rUz.
L) cn I F 1,1 IJ ZONE LEGEND
0 U0 ;r F1 P_
ZONE
D w
a rr.s -1.)I-u:c:-
0 ))wml-') wl:)wor3
Z ICp =CS F[
On III
L n1J01, 1-0
wofr> a I- FrOA u D: 1i_ 11,,iwa. l- ; 1,1 Uj k 0 2u) ul V) 1_ z a F
XUO:E•t(r(1)w0F<uI-u0. cjj=0
THIS SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO MONITOR THE SPRINKLER do SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ONLY.
1.) INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR OVER THE "FCP".
2.) INSTALL A PULL STAION NEXT TO PANEL.
3.) PROGRAM PANEL FOR SITE MONITORING.
To m
m nnuccvm
S Y M B O L L E G E N DSOME SYMBOLS MAY
NOT BE USED'
fit) Ma n0N Iwo
o mm owip. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER OUTLET BOX
FC FIRE ALARM CONTROL P EL/DIALER (FCP) 14*WA'T 2. MANUFA.
F—FAIA FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ANNUN. (IMP) SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET
FACP
HORN wmgalacc
STROBE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET
S-1 AFT MANUAL STA110H /- N8G 4' SQUARE W/ T-GANG RAISED COVER
S-2 SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWITCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
JUNCTION BOX BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
INlM ROOR
V-- END -OF -LINE DEVICE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET PER DEVICE
SS MOKE DETECTOR _ 5,.-;p 4' SOUARE •/SINGLE GANG RING
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S. DUCT DETECTOR BY OTHERS BY OTHERS
U)
W
w
W
W cvNM
U p 1,
W 02
OJ 0 o c
0 U)
W In
J
m
emm w
we a/"
GIG II, L
A I10. Y-11.Y
SHEET I
T s I oun
r
AFA Protective Systems
Revised Zone Legend
Zone 1— Waterflow
Zone 2 — Tamper Switch
Zone 3 — Backflow Tamper Switches
Zone 4 — Pull Station and Smoke Detector @ FCP
Zone 5 — Alarm from Suppression Panel
Zone 6 — Trouble from Suppression Panel
Seminole County Property Appraiser Get Information by Parcel Number Page 1 of 1
PARCEL DETAIL
WSTKST
Seminole 0xint,
pettrrl rprau: r -
e%ur
1101 K. Fir",
1antord 1.7. -1
9J1?-AhS.-? iilh
GENERAL
Parcel Id: 27-19-30-504-0000- Tax District: S1-SANFORD
0050
VALUE SUMMARY
Value Method: Market
BLUE BELL
40-VAC
Owner: Dor: INDUSTRIAL Number of Buildings: 0
CREAMERIES LP
GENER Depreciated Bldg Value: $0
Address: PO BOX 1807 Depreciated EXFT Value: $0
Cit State,ZipCode: BRENHAM TX Exemptions: y' 77834
Land Value (Market): $148,540
Land Value Ag: $0
Property Address: GORDON ST Just/Market Value: $148,540
Facility Name: Assessed Value (SOH): $148,540
SALES Exempt Value: $0
Deed Date Book Page Amount Vac/Imp Taxable Value: $148,540
WARRANTY DEED 05/2002 04435 0479 $239,100 Vacant Tax Bill Amount: $3,116
Find Comparable Sales within this DOR Code
LAND LEGAL DESCRIPTION PLAT
Land Assess Method Frontage Depth Land Units Unit Price Land Value LOT 5 GORDON SUBDIVISION PB 56 PGS 47 &
SQUARE FEET 0 0 67,518 220 $148,540 48
NOTE: Assessed values shown are NOT certified values and therefore are subject to change before being finalized for ad valorem tax
purposes
3-2
littp-//www.scpafl.org/pls/web/re web.seminole county_title?PARCEL=271930504000000_.. 8/l/2002
LQC.._..,- - - -
1
Permit # Tax Folio # MIS INSikutobw F'KtY^kw qs
NAME t=6 CL
NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ADDR. Q,
State of FL01-10/1 ' M/1I r tfwfl
9 Ft • 1`?S'
County of SEPHINOL.E ""'.''' -=`._.
THE UNDERSIGNED hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain real
property, and in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida, Statutes, the following information is
provided in this Notice of commencement.
1. Description of property: 5O0 OVX0404 17--
J'4-4 EVAP+ /Cc- 37_77.1
2. General description of improvement: 1OE_ck4AAA CIs M16,JnoN CFivT&L.
3. Owner Information:
a. Name & Address: SSE SELL- GILE.4r *AR I E S, LP
1101 JOVW 61g IVIV tX 667- : Nt&y#4, 1 _ T -C 7783¢ -I P7
b. Interest In Property:
C. Name & Address of fee simple titleholder (other than owner):
1/Lf
Contractor's Name & Address: A(4JF/EC0 (ra tR/E . LLC-
C' 900 Vi'vOrUtEY P}c.E f
J7><. Zs0 It o AL JZ7T(,
a. Phone number: 4-07• b` 0• aos o b. Fax number: 407• 3971- 44 L 1e
5. Surety Information:
a. Name & Address: e-114 CERTIFIED COPY
MARYANNE MORSE
b. Phone number: C. Fax number: CLERK OF CIROUIT COURT
d. Amount of Bond: $ SEMIN
6. Lender's Name & Address: IV4 ..
a. Phone number: b. Fax number: AUG n 20ftft02
7. Person within the State of Florida designated by owner upon whom notices or other
documents may be served as provided by 713.13 (1) (a) 7, Florida Statues: 1
a. Name & Address: 477r/: EA J K SM#04 (QAAJFiELO c Fo44 /EJ
b. Phone number: " c. Fax number: 01"
8. In addition to himself, owner designates of
to receive a copy of the Lienor's. Notice as provided in Section
713.13 (1) (b), Florida Statutes.
a. Phone number: b. Fax number:
9. Expiration date of Notice of Commencement (the expiration date is one (1) year from the
date of recording unless a different date is specified): lima "papal II w III w 11 III A lIl A RI q 11 I AD
yam i
Signature of owner)
MARYANNE MORE, CLERK OF CIRCUIT COURTSTec/e DAB S SENINOLE COUNTY
Sworn t nd subs before me BK 04478 PS 1859
this day of 1ll..i , 20j22, CLERK' S # 2002918472 RECORDED 08/01/
2M 0114Pt43 PN Notary RECORDING FEES
6.00 Known ers nally/
I.D. Sh n My commission expires: RECORDED BY M Noldetl JULIE A. JALONEN
MY COMMISSION # DO
081176 EXPIRES: December 27,
2005 Rl.tt• 00
dM Thru Nrary Am W4V* f.r. Notice of Commencement.
docC:\DOCUME-1\sdavis\LOCALS- 1\Temp\Notice of Commencement.doc
CITY OF SANFORD PLUMBING APPLICATION
PERMIT NO. - OZ/ 9,3 3 DATE -7//pZ
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT
TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING PLUMBING:
OWNER'S NAME: ,?u3
ADDRESS OF JOB:.54CI0-
PLUMBING CONTRACT01:224RE RES. VON-RES.
Subject to rules and regulations of Sanford Plumbing Code
16
am statine that 1 am
Code.
pplicant Signature
G 02309
State License#
Please Contact
Marie St. Amour
407-788-3500 x 1236
CITY OF SANFORD ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION
Permit Number: oa/933 Date: 8111 a
The undersigned hereby applies for a permit to install the following. g: h%CcrRFC44-
Owners Name: &4-% 8rii CRs.r ve It S Ae
Address of Job: $o0 660¢400.. 3 a.77 /
Electrical Contractor. CE77 44C
Residential: Non -Residential: X
Number Amount
Addition, Alteration, Repair (Residential & Non -Residential)
New Residential:
AMP Service
New Commercial: 7 3 w
0ca AMP Service
Change of Service:
From AMP Service to AMP Service
Manufactured Building
Other:
Description of Work: ^&W e, ,-_mc AL
VTR-vc'r-o.J t.rcLvbj_j(o 6 .J •C..a
Ms c!
Application Fee: 10.00
TOTAL DUE: p
By Signing this application I am'stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Electrical Co e.
Applicant's Signature
State License Number.
v- (0 0 1'7
AC# 0 4 6 4 9 ,; 9 STATE OF FLORIDA
DEPARTMENTELECTRICALSCONTRACTORSINESS iSD RLICENSING LBOARD LATION
SEQ#L0206210212-9
DATE BATCH NUMBER
1. 11 1 :111"
The•FUECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
Named below IS CERTIFIED
Under the provisions of Chapter 489 FS.
Expiration date: AUG 31, 2004
BORDERICK, F RANCE
ENCOMPASS ELECTRICAL TECH.-FLORIDA, LLC
430 WEST DRIVE
ALTAMONTE SPRINGS FL 32714
JEB BUSH
GOVERNOR
KIM BINKLEY-SEYER
SECRETARY
CITY OF SANFORD MECHANICAL APPLICATION
PERMIT NO. ` 33 DATE:_
TH s UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE
FOLLOWING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: .
OWNER'S NAME R I LA9- ?W-11 Q 1'eC mV4 2 S ADDRESS
OF JOB SO 0 Gorr Elc, MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR: Erie t'4 ZnC_ . RESIDENTIAL
COMMERCIAL V Subject
to rules and regulations of Sanford Mechanical Code Valuation:
Q O- 7100.00 Application
Fee: $10.00 Total
110 , 00 By
Signing this application I am stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Mechanical
Code. 1
c P M Applicant
Signature QAQ043393
States
License#
CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FEES FOR SERVICES
PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677
DATE: O
BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT:
ADDRESS: OO C
PHONE NO. qOq 403 -61
P 1T :_
o e (.
FAX NO.( l 0 7 / vc
k
CONST. INSP. [ ] C / O INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW ,
F. A. [ 1 F.S. [ ] HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ J BURN PERMIT [ ]
TENT PERMIT [ TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER [ ]
TOTAL FEES: $ aZ > y6 (
PER UNIT SEE BELOW)
COMMENTS: /—/QR_%ri V,r.J S {1 p 7'-yc
Ue_ r-} c
Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees er Bldg. / Unit
2.
3
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407-
330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take
place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I
will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances
of the Cit of Sanford, Florida.
r,
Sanford Fire Prevention Division Applic 's Signature
05/20/02 13:11 FAX SIT 222 8550 CARTER Is BURGESS 1@ 002
9-17-1995 4:27PM FROM •
P-1
CarY Of SwMFORD PFRb= APFUCATOM -30 -oz-
k,02et>rmie Na °
joli•Addrees:
psrmitTypin Bolldlo _ 81eet:in! mocl sedesl Plunswag Flee Alan pdakler
Dtiseiiptlaia eiFwerk: S^'Y i C].tx'17"1 'p/ll-dd (1 e C o-+r,n . e.r, a.
of
Ad&dood Iatbemat m 1w $feu meal & Pftm og Permits
9'81ei:trIeal: --Add6vo/AI1w ditan Chnge of Servks Tempvtsey Pots New Aide Service (IN of AMPS
Pltisoblag/Raaides,tial: AdAftivWAltaaticu ---.,Now CoasU=dm (One Closet Plus Addid—al}
pft, bfwp/CommergbL- Numbs' of Pact we Number of wmw dt Sower Dtalnsgs Uses Number of Gas Lutes
RVesapsseytype: ssideatiaiCemmeraal 7ndtistrfal Total S9 >: eg: 1 Value of Work: s 4
Type eT'o < Flo" Zone.d[Q_ 1 IooaberolStories:_ N®bee efDwgllfog Uauts:
Piroel Nan 1 NT;$' 6oQw y.Su P44TB0d1ri RAWts 4-7 ` (An$ob Proof ofawwuzsblp ac Legal Oexr ptiaa) owari/
wddeeds/p>soor_ Q.Cr B.L ies .r.p_ i/D! S- tR'px?q9&e 7-
7163 S/ -1190 7 L .
Strut uoanns Number: -:f 6 - 4 d G `']
Cvataae
Perron: EQ l G hr !j/9RP Phme & FmManber: TW6
HWdw (lf Gftw wen Ow=* — ri,
dare$: - -- Addes=
ldoel
sge: Carden: • wd
raec . ar
li fRh° — t3L/R S S PhC*e No.: aa:.
3Dd s fiP.-G^ 9.,r, dL f/O. S4aP.2&) F64I-!/02iry TX Pax NZ: 5(!7 2 76l3-
S/o Appiimtion
is hereby made to ebcs a a permit to do the work and oufthadoos as tad*=W. I oaiiethat no work or ingaIlaWee has oomaouacad
purer m tiro iswoam of a permit "sad tho all week will be perRraned to west stw9kW s of all laws regulating construed4m iu
t>iia jutfadialvo. I tiaodatt d that a eepms to pcmf< must be secured 2r KL CTUICAL WORK PLUMBING. SIONS. WELLS. POCL4.
FtRLNACB9.13011ERS. IMATSRS. TANK4. and AIR CONDITIONERS. etc. R`
S AFFm Vn I oasdlyy dust all of ibe *regoias inflta nsdan fs acaaate and the all wank will be done in cam pliaad wish all
sPplieable laara tr8uladng ooastnion and gonio& WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR PAi><. TO RECORD A NOTICE OF . CO1v&
MNCEM8NT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYR40 TWICE FOR [14PROVEIW04TS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU IIfrZND
TO OBTAIN FIN NC1140, CONSULT WITH YOUR LEND= OR AN ATTOWNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE
OF COMIdBId EMID14T. Im
tuidbtlan to the re qubvm mta of this pw=k mere mew be eddfdvnal remiadew sppllmWe to this pr9perty toes may be ieund
iQ t[a• public e•aords o tbis eelmry, sad Ibsv meq bs additiatal peranits regtticsd from otbQ govarsnsleoouaf easlrles suet sin water
taamgemest diskigtr, x2mfe sgmeiM or Vx1ow l ageamee. Aooeptaaoe
ofpermit fs vsi5wdort that I will tto4 ywe vwnar oltlaspropeepr afFkaida lea Law. FS 713. 5
Z'/ 0 Si
ataa+e AgentI Date 1LIw
S t-h WE - 6xASF10(-0 c G00A rE Notary
Public, State of Florida My
comm. exp. May 11, 2003 Comm.
No. OC836195 r- s:
Pub ISaowa t i+ee ark '' I U ,. i odwaod>a i Pkint
CoaraactW ` Tismne Li7MI6-
IXgritrnadfN4tmrStseeofMmide. Date . DEBORAH
S. RICHARDSON Notary
Public, State offlorida My
comm. exp. ,-2 etsyotar/
m. Me or m '
APPLICATION
APPROVED BY: ?j:) : Date: / Al' " Speoial'
Caoditrom: UUI # —
I
Steve Davis
Full Name: Tim Dwyer
Last Name: Dwyer
First Name: Tim
Company: Brasfield & Gorrie
Business Address: 900 W inderley Place
Suite 250
Maitland, Florida 32751
Business: 407) 660-8090
Mobile: 1 904-237-8722
Business Fax: 407) 875-1926
E-mail: tdwyer@brasfieldgorie.com
t ;
t
M AY 2 1 2002
I_I
Tim,
Attached is the building permit application and associated documents. Please sign your part and send it to:
Jo -Ann Johnson
City of Sanford
300 N. Park Street
Sanford, Florida 32771
They will start the review after receiving this information... the plans are already submitted by the engineers.
Thanks
Steve Davis
Facilities Management
Blue Bell Creameries L.P.
Brenham, Texas
409-830-2109 phone
409-830-2111 fax
sdavis@bluebell.com
1
05/20/02 13:11 FAX 817 222 8550
9-17-1 SW 4 : 28PM MOM
CARTER & BURGESS IM003
P. 2
CObMMCIAL MUMOM PLAN REQUDS=NTS AND CMCKLIS? FOR FLORMA
BUIMING COD$ 2001
sus crmcUAM9
BFFBCITVE MARCH 1, Z=
ALL BUELDDIG PLANS ldUs't' J CUMB ME i OLLOWWO ITEMS AND MCATB C011dpilAM WIM
CHAPTER 16 SECTION 1606 OF THB FLORIDA BUIIMWO OWE 2001BY PJLOVE DINOCALCULATIONS AND MA1i.
3 THAT NAVE MM SEAL AND SIGxATURB OF A CERI M ARC=CT OR BNGi MM RBGISTBRBD
1N TM STATE OF PWMDA. THE POLLOWWO BASIC WM SPEED AS MR FIGUM 106 SHALL
SE USED. l10
MPH CSMItAL
RBOOM MEMM: Two (2) compkte sds ofplaas oontaising a Boor Plea6 site plan. £oumdati= pLm. Aamir
of broom* plan or trots byom4 wall uxbcm and all exterior dvwwaoos with the foUowms crac a sad do==== Apulicsnt
Puns Examiner O
AU dmwbp mat be ales, cmdo ad dmwo t0 scWx ("0pd00il" dd lla that am not used don
be ma kod void or crossed of} Sgmm footage of diffam arras shall bean O P
I-
DesipWssame
and sipstme on dmA mt (FSC 104.Z.1) If lkm=ed alahitem or llee e.
affi0isi Mal shall ba i Od. Qa' D
ME mcoaies of A,pprovM SH Plan O G
Qscvaaaes Omdff=dm sad &CM Oedhnaaeo Rea remelt OBC CbmpL 4 4) Fbe ReslstaE
Ceastruedpa ReaKtee =u shall indude: O O
a) >nc resistant sepataaim ()isted systma) O o
b) am resiut pmoud o for type of aaas&"= OO
a) p muoiao of opmmp sod pftom ions of=W wWb (lined gyl=) Q O
d) lls+s bloaft smd d A-dopplaS o e)
ealwlaled bbe malYam Fire SBDDM=
kn altems andl ineLsde: (Rav3ewed by Fitt NLrchal) D a)
En apriskim (steak pmzdt by iicmnd gxink s anwactar) O O
b) fmm dmm sym= (eetiy.ra miw with same of lice W bsunw if aoc an ootwsM= plat
at time ctpma ft toponftpmdtxglkW by I muO i =Uor O O
c) make evaeuadw s)sht sebamok O O
d) slaod.pkm wo-og<
llsea+d symalm rim dissmm
Ljle-ft
cty_Stwteasa shall tododr. 0Lcwew by Pile MmWmO D and
egress a actty . O a
b y waaleBlovd D a
o)smom oeulzol D O
d}mit ptas aaadaa 6 i
aC C'eatta o load (
pots sad W b)mer
pm aooess, etut
ami eycic discbstge O e
talr 0aasauet9am/geomelly ata peotsedaa tz ekmeegonoy
4 emi aed attic sib . l)oonsml
lequiemesnts .: 2)botizroonn
l ettla/adt psssagevwys
05/20/02 13:12 FAX 817 222 8550 CARTER & BURGESS 0004 9-
17-19% 4:28PM FROM P.3 Reaabremes•
sbs8 MudeA , OV
caoditioas/a rsis o
e)buiidimg aavdope I3rr co aZ 49i^lPe,44 o As Nd,r sU t p Sg Diva: 77VC-
Y'
pb
o 7rooi
s p
O lib Wd
isspwfm plan O w= d ab
sma isdade:: a)+.
00. B p
d)oanwm
arl, Bebog Bat wlod
aabs imolur>ing deuiR far iosta11s0oa sad ) o D B)mscoaey
o h lpnaa bad
and Pd. . e D modal) limed
6air d sme
ioosWladaa and ) D O a 6c
mqulc
me>ses . O b)aaoe mbk
fume . i p c e
ticsl amassi6lligr o n a)Ooold
and badogg fseibties p e)dr loag %
9r D gupeasl oval
tequasmeat tT O bsaic boi®
g vgaie Iatanor raas_sdsll adadc
inls" Sam% (2 BPXWM*
O dev") D b)H& and
vmb7fLsoa I O e itstioo
Sse idSyaRass_fh.LfRelude .
o D ekvseoa p
O b ealators
El p C)ii
f o a bas E
Poobz comsnerdal-Plus dgpod ad s ealod by Plodds Reg is eavd P cec sd appeaved
by *% Dmt of 8whws and pioo5ard=d RRulationi/Hesltb Das UwA b&@&
z cvmaEmm wAb the Fbd& Alive Cade Chapter 64E. 9aoa SoWm 424odthaFtmik Bmldbs
Caen D lsiliC'PRICAI. " . y
m000ticd
wmmg. ae<
vioas, hod= Md wamb dmuitl6 overCs+oae protao4ao. 9= dh% V&bg=
oao s sod Wood" GFcIL oi O b) Hq
ipmmt t a C) Spedsl
Ocm*md s D Gamombmicadm sysam O
g) Lod moos
f o b)Risadmglam
05/20/02 13:12 FAX $17 222 $550 CARTER & BURGESS Im005
9-17-199S As30PM FROM P.1
PLUMMG 0
a) P&mimmvWmbia9bdHdw o/
O b) Fame -emm s El
w o
dsodar dnbop o
n e) WNW bwm t
0 4 vam v
o Z) P-oofdmiaW p
11 b) Back tow pav =MI D
LOentioo of v1 es s1 p1y D
O W G laaO tmDs 0
m) Plombiag Rim o
MMMANICAL
a)
Energy Cdcu dm (Sipmd and Scaled by Ata dM* p/
D b) Bx1la atcy s: Goers dk rer aabsus Ikiiobm aquipmms e mue spxialcy g{/
O eabm
systems. c)
Fgeammt O
d) 8glppme locadoo o
e) Mres+ air O
O t) Roofmomted egWpmeat H
D Duet syakems p
O eptile doe ' Cambusdm
sic o
a and VMS p/
D Ik) Applimom O
fD
O n) Bml>koom venn'latioa p
D o) Labomu y p
O a) Gas p*n p
D b) Vcaftg D
G e) CamWalan Air D
D d) cbkmeys mw rates O
D e) Appliaooes n
O 1)Type gfcm 0
G Si Fb cplaoas D
D b) LP tsk locatiam D
O i) Riser diapmdsblR oti O
D , DEMOLITION
4)
ssbwm mawy _ O
0 b) Ut ty removal fam pERNIIT
N[7MBER - - srclvATc1RE
of Aprz,>r7AW MNATORE
OF PLANS EXA1blIN
05/20/02 13:12 FAX 817 222 8550 CARTER & BURGESS MOOG
SUBMISSION OF INFORMATION
FOR CONCURRENCY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM REVIEW OF PROPOSED SITE USE
BLUE BELL CREAMERIES, LPp
501 GORDON STREET
SANFORD. FLORIDA 32771
Blue Bell Creameries, LP is a company with headquarters in Brenham, Texas, engaged
primarily in the manufacture and distribution of ice cream products in a marketing area
that comprises, at the present time, all of the states in the southeastern portion of the
United States. Blue Bell accomplishes the majority of Its distribution by building, and
operating from, distribution branches, strategically located in communities scattered
throughout the Southeast.
Blue Bell desires to build a distribution branch in the Gordon Subdivision Inside the city
limits of Sanford, Florida. At this branch, Blue Bell will receive trailer loads of ice cream
from the manufacturing plant in Brenham, Texas. The ice cream products will be
unloaded and stored inside a sub -zero cold storage room until they are loaded onto local
delivery trucks that are operated by route delivery drivers, to serve the customers in the
planned geographical area designed for service by these drivers.
Typically the drivers will leave the branch site early in the morning and make deliveries
to customers all during the day. After their deliveries are made, they will return to the
branch site in late afternoon where they reload their trucks for the next day's deliveries
and do their required check -in and paper work for the current day's delivery.
The branch plans to have 15 delivery drivers to deliver the ice cream products. These
drivers will be gone from the site all day, returning only to reload and do the paperwork '
for the current days sales.
In addition to the drivers, there will be 2 full time office staff on the premises all day, 2
full-time shipping clerks on the premises all day, 2 part-time shipping clerks on site for a:
portion of the day, 6 total management people of which 4 will be gone all day, and the
other 2 will be in and out of the office all during the day.
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION:
I hereby certify that the plans and specifications Review of the plans and specifications covered by this
covered by this calculation are in compliance calculation indicates compliance with the Florida Energy
with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code. Efficiency Code. Before construction is completed, this building
will be inspected for compliance in accordance with Section
553.908, Florida Statutes.
Bryan Grimes
PREPARED BY: Mindy Whisler
BUILDING OFFICIAL:
DATE: 5/8/2002 DAT —? —i q - Z
I hereby certify (*) that the system design is in compliance with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code
SYSTEM DESIGNER / , REGISTRATION/STATE
ARCH AR.
MECHANICAL:. _ , ) (F , f7e - 005234A /
ELECTRICAL: f'E -
LIGHTING: 4LJi Aj 44. 4!' PFF - 'F;?Vj1F'•
Signature is required where Florida Law requires design to be performed by registered design professionals.
Typed names and registration numbers may be used where all relevant information is contained on signed/sealed plans.
05/08/2002 EnergyGauge F1aCom FLCCSB v1.2 2
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500)
WEA File: Orlando
Whole Building Compliance
Design Reference
Total 84.79 100.00
ELECTRICITY 84.79 1.00.00
AREA LIGHTS 23.36 25.79
MISC EQUIPMT 8.79 8.79
PUMPS & MISC 0.08 0.08
SPACE COOL 19.46 21.58
SPACE HEAT .2.59 3.10
VENT FANS =30.50 = — - 40.65
Credits & Penalties (if any): Modified Points: = 84.8 PASSES I
05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500)
WEA File: Orlando
External Lighting Compliance
Allowance Area or ELPA CLP
Desc Category W/Unit) Length (W) (W)
Ext Light I Building Exterior 0.25 100.0 25 900
Surfaces/facades
Ext Light 2 Private Parking Lots 0.12 53,320.0 6,398 3,500
Ext Light 3 Entrance (without Canopy) 30.00 5.0 150 13
Ext Light 4 Entrance (without Canopy) 30.00 4.5 135 150
Design: 4563 (W) PASSES I
Allowance: 6708.4 (W)
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500)
WEA File: Orlando
Lighting Controls Compliance
Ash-
Acronym
rae ID
Description
Area No. of
sq.ft) Tasks
Design Min Compli-
CP CP ance
AC-1 Office 32 Offices (Partitions<3.5 ft below 1,340 1 4 3 J,AS
ceiling) Open plan offices 900 ft or
larger with partitions higher
AC-2 Office 32 Offices (Partitions<3.5 ft below 1,775 1 4 4 PASSE
ceiling) Open plan offices 900 ft or
larger with partitions higher
IPASSES
05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL 691500)
WEA File: Orlando
System Report Compliance
AHU-2 A11U-2 Unitary Systems
Capa- Design Eff Design IPLV Comp -
Component Category city Eff Criteria IPLV Criteria liance
Cooling System Air Cooled < 65000 Btu/h 60000 10.60 10.00 10.00 PASSES
Cooling Capacity
Heating System Electric Furnace 34000 1.00 1.00 PASSES
Air Handling Air Handler (Supply) - 2000 0.60 0.80 PASSES
System -Supply Constant Volume
AHU-1 AHU-1 Unitary Systems
Capa- 'nesisr Eff Design IPLV Comp -
Component Category city Eff, Criteria IPLV Criteria liance
Cooling System Air Cooled < 65000 Btu/h 60000 10.60 10.00 8.00 PASSES
Cooling Capacity
Heating System Electric Furnace 34000 1.00 1.00 PASSES
Air Handling Air Handler (Supply) - 2000 0.60 0.80 PASSES
System -Supply Constant Volume
ASSES _'1
Plant Compliance
Installed Design Min Design Min Comp
Description No Size Eff Eff IPLV IPLV Category liance
None
05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500)
WEA File: Orlando
Water Heater Compliance
Desc Type Category
Design
Eff
Min Design Max Comp
Eff Loss Loss liance
WH-1 Storage Water Heater - <=120 [gal] & <= 12 0.90
Electric [ k W ]
0.88 'US-E
llPASSES I
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD
Piping System Compliance
Pipe Dia Is Operat Ins Cond Ins Req Ins Comp
Category finches] Runout Temp IF] Btu-in/h Thick lin] Thick Iinl lianc
r.SF.F
Domestic and Service Hot Water Systems 0.75 False 105.00 0.27 1.00 1.00 PASSES
FASSES
05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB vl.2
Project: Blue Bell
Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center
Type: Office (Business)
Location: SANFORD
Other Required Compliance
Category Section Requirement (write N/A in box if not applicable) Check
Infiltration 406.1 Infiltration Criteria have been met
System 407.1 HVAC Load sizing has been performed
Ventilation 409.1 Ventilation criteria have been met
ADS 410.1 Duct sizing and Design have been performed
T & B 410.1 Testing and Balancing will be performed
Electrical 413.1 Metering criteria have been met
Motors 414.1 Motor efficiency criteria have been met
Lighting 415.1 Lighting criteria have been met
O & M 102.1 Operation/maintenance manual will be provided to owner
05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2 7
DEVELOPMENT FEE WORKSHEET
CITY OF SANFORD
UTILITY - ADMIN.
P. 0. BOX 1788
SANFORD, FL 32772-1788
Project Name: U LL
Owner/Contact Person:
Address: S Uc Cam^ S ; ,
Type of Development:
1) RESIDENTIAL
Type of Units (single family
or multi -family):
Total Number of Units:
2)
Type of Utility Connection
individual connections
or central water meter &
common sewer tap):
Water Meter Size (3/411,
2", etc.):
REMARKS: INIX
NON-RESIDENTIAL
Type of units (commercial,
industrial, etc.):
Total Number of Buildings.:
Number of Fixture Units
each building):
Type of Utility Connection
individual connections
or central water meter &
common sewer tap):
Water Meter Size (3/4"
1", 2", etc.)
fOhh.
3-7 F
Date:
Phony
VD
o
REMARKS: SEwE/, G; yr
y °
CONNECTION FEE CALCULATION:
pRcP R' Gl vC
IV1)7 //yA-9C7
11f wEA J,1'7? jc7
y7cG
Name - Signature - Date.
C ,u S- /3 0/o z
REVISED
ra/917
Y Y ll'111 1111Na(:l f l:l'"'
Equivalent Residential Connection (ERC) - 300 Gallons Per Day (GPO)
Residential -
650/Unit - Single;laamily structure.•or multi -family unit
containing three (3) bedrooms or more, 5487.50/Unit - Multi -family unit or Mobile Home unit containinglessthanthree (3) bedrooms. (This category isbasedonjudgement/assumption, estimation that
such family units on average require 751 - 225 GPDofthewaterandsewerserviceofanaverage
single family unit.)
Commercial;- - c ,
650/ERU - Fixture unit schedule from Southern Plumbing Codewillbeused. One ERU will be charged for
connection and up to twenty (2) fixture units.
For projects having more than twenty (20) fixture
units the Impact Fee will be determined byincrementsof251basedonmultiplesoffive (5)
fixture units above the twenty (20) fixture unitbaseforthefirstERU. (Example: twenty-five25) fixture units will.be rated as 1.25 eru:
twenty-six (26) fixture units will be rated as 1.5ERU.)
2) Sewer System Impact Fees
Equivalent Residential Connections - 270 Gallons Per Day (GPD)
Residential -
1700 Unit - Single family structure, or multi -family unit
containing three (3) bedrooms or more. 1275/Unit - Multi -family unit or Mobile Home unit containinglessthanthree (3) bedrooms. '(This category is
based on judgement/assumption/estimation that such
family units on average require 751 of water and
sewer service of an average single family unit.)
Commercial - Industrial - Institutional
1700/ERU - Fixture unit schedule from Southern Plumbing Codewillbeused. One ERU will be charged for
connection and up to twenty (20) fixture units.
For projects having more than twenty (20) fixture
units the Impact Fee will be increments of 251
based on multiples of five (5) fixture units abovethetwenty (20) fixture unit base for the firstERU. (Example: twenty-five (25) fixture units
will be rated as 1.25 ERU: twenty-six (26) fixture
units will be rated as 1.5 ERU.)
3
a
tN9 E2 -//"7 6 S-o k 1 = (300
SF_wE. 1i`iPtc-7 F/-i = /70(, .k.2 3 Y0a
A
TABLE 709.1
DRAINAGE FIXTURF trNrrs rnra Flrnrnoa ..,.,
FIXTURE TYPE
Automatic clothes washers, commercial'
Automatic clothes washers, residential
Bathroom group consisting of water closet, lavatory, bidet andbathtuborshower
ORAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE
AS LOAD FACTORS
3
2
6
MINIMUM SIZE OF TRAP (Inches)
2
2.. ; •,
Bathtubb (with or without overhead shower or whirlpool
attachments)
2 1 /2
rBidet
Combination sink and tray
Dental lavatory
Dental unit or cuspidor
Dishwashing machine c domestic
Drinking fountain
Emergency floor drain
Floor:drains
Kitchen sink, domestic
2
2
I
1
2
2 X
2
2
11/a
I /22
I /4
I /2
I /4
2
I /2Kitchensink, domestic with food waste grinder and/or dishwasher 2 1 /2Laundrytray (I or 2 compartments) 2 I /2Lavatory
I }( - 1 /4Showercompartment, domestic 2 2Sink
2 ,- 2 - l /2Urinal .=
Urindl, l gallon per flush or less
Wash sink (circular or multiple) each set of faucets
4
2e
2
Footnote d
Footnote d
11/2Watercloset, flushometer tank, public or private
Water closet, private installation
Water closet, public installation
For Sre 1 inrh -'M A — I __u__ -
4e
4 )K 3 -
6
Footnote d
Z Footnote d j] Footnote d
I
For traps larger than 3 inches, use Table 709.2. 3 % 3 %
b A showencmad over a bathtub or whirlpool bathtub attachments does not increase the drainage fixture unit value.
e See Sections 7091 through 709.4 for methods of computing unit value of fixtures not listed in Table 709.1 or for rating of devices with intermittent flows. d Trap size shall be consistent with the fixture outlet size.
e For the purpose of computing loads on building drains and sewers, water closets or urinals shall not be rated at a lower drainage fixture unit unless the lower valuesareconfirmedbytesting.
DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITABLE 709.i
TS FOR FIXTURE DRAINS OR TRAPS
FIXTURE DRAIN OR TRAP SRE
Inches) DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE
11/4 1 k ( + S
1 /2 2
2 3
2 /2 4
3 S
4 6
J." HUM i.
r
i •
Standard Plumbing CodeC1997iy
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
Plans Review Sheet
Date: 7118102 Business Address; 500J3ordon Street
Occ. Ch. (#38)Business (#40) Warehouse
Business Name: Blue Bell Creameries Ph. ()
Contractor: Brasfield & Gorrie Ph. (904) 493-6101
Fax. (904) 493-6066
Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ X ] Rejected [ ]
Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner _7_
Comment: Plans reviewed as Business/Warehouse Occupancy. FD reserves right to require
applicable code requirements if occupancy use changes. Sprinkler plans to be submitted for
review, permitting, and inspections. If separate certified contractor does underground fireline,
plans to be submitted for review, permitting, and inspections. Sealed letter from Engineer of
Record stating design criteria for sprinRler system needs to be submitted with construction plans.
Fire Alarm plans to be submitted for review, permitting, and inspections. Fire Sprinkler system
shown as "Class #2 commodity, maximum storage 18' (ft) high. Dry and Wet pipe
system
1.1 Application — New Metal Building, 12,523 (sq, ft)building with fire sprinkler system
1.2Mixed — N/A (warehouse 8,953 sq ft,) & (office 3, 570 sq ft,)
1.3 Special Definitions —None
1.4 Classification of Occupancy — Business(iow) , Warehouse (ordinary)
1.5 Classification of Hazard of Contents — Ordinary
1.6 Minimum Construction — N/R
2.2 Means of Egress Components — Door, 101 B- shall comply with L. S. C. 2000
SECTION 7.2.1.6.1 (Tie door into fire alarm)
2.3 Capacity of Egress — O.K.
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION'
300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI.32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772
407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
2.4 Number of Exits — O.K.
2.5 Arrangement of Egress — O.K., will field verify
2.6 Travel Distance — O.K.
2.7 Discharge from Exits — O.K., will field verify
2.8 Illumination of Means of Egress — O.K.; will field verify
2.9 Emergency Lighting - Fire Department will field verify (6) six inside cooler area
2.10 Marking of Means of Egress — O.K.; will field verify
2.11 Special Features -Reserved
3.1 Protection of Vertical Openings — N/N (single story building)
3.2 Protection from Hazards — Per section 8.4.1> sec 9.7 (mechanical room shall be
protected by fire sprinkler system)
3.3 Interior Finish — Class I,II, per 10.2.7
3.4 Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems — as per NFPA 72 (submit plans for
review)
3.5 Extinguishing Requirements — as per NFPA 10, see page "A-O" one (1) 51b, CO -2, fire
extinguisher, two (2) 3A40BC fire extinguishers required in office area. Two (2) 4A rated fire
extinguishers outside cooler area (truck bays) SEE PAGE A-O
3.6 Corridors — Fire sprinklers in lieu of (1) hour rating
4 Special Provisions:
5 Building Services: Fuel tanks will require site plan permit & plans review to
meet N.F.P.A. #30
5.1 Utilities — as per LSC 9-1
5.2 HVAC — as per LSC 9-2= All A/C units over 2,000 C.F.M. require duct detectors to
tie into fire alarm panel as "trouble" alarm only
5.3 Elevators, Escalators, Conveyors (4A-47) — N/A
5.4 Rubbish Chutes, Incinerators, and Laundry Chutes — N/A
SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT
FIRE'PREVENTIONDIVISION
300 N. Park Ave Santord, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fi. 32772
4073iZ-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677
Pager (407) 918-0395
Sanford City Code — Chapter 9
Fire Sprinklers: Required; also see 3.5 above
Monitoring: Required by a U.L. listed Central Station for all mandated fire
sprinklered properties
Other: NFPA 1
3-5.1 Fire Lanes — Required if building is more than 150' from street; exception:
building has fire sprinkler system.
3-6.1 Key Box — Required; will field verify See page FP-1 FOR LOCATION
application attached)
3-7.1 Bldg. Address Number posted and legible — Required; will field veri,
see page A-5 for location)
3
PERMIT FEE'S
APPLCTN FEE -BUILDING
FIRE IMPACT - NONRES
FIRE INSPECT -NEW CONST
PERMIT FEES
POLICE IMPACT - NONRES
RADON GAS TAX FEE
RECOVERY FD/CERT. PGM.
IMPACT: COMMERCIAL WATER
IMPACT: COMMERCIAL SEWER
10.00
31.31
250.46
4835.00
187.85
62.61
62.62
1300.00
3400.00
TOTAL $10139.85
ADDITIONAL ITEMS NEEDED TO RELEASE PERMIT:
PERMIT FOR DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE.
FENCE PERMIT
D PERMIT FOR FUEL TANK AND ISLAND
4. NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT
5. ROAD IMPACT STATEMENT FROM THE COUNTY (407-665-7474)
6. COPY OF CURRENT OCCUPATIONAL & STATE LICENSE
RE: 500 GORDON ST.
If you have any questions please call, Flossie with the City of Sanford, Building Division,
at 407-330-5660.
y o 1 - &. 9
qo) Iq3 —6OL(o
001 I f r OF. 4:'F:.1'I
c.i'i'
1:'l) 1.l. i.:?:I:i.,+(a r^,I::.I:'L..:L( r1'Y':I:t! I rl<. UR_• 1 Ut:)fiO'`)i
L..:O:I:IOn00,;97
I JI' :: c ,rid.. (fi{ .C)ltf I til
O00C)..:.00!:7r:)
O111 .i f;.'.<' Ylli 1 s!):l t r .I:(:lN 1;
rOo K i'',,!GI..... ):tl...C)C:h I..:OT r";
I 'I''!..:+ ( f,l l r i ir,i''If i'L I it • C,I I i. ``f I , n+'I! i`i l: t.. :I:I Ir.. , r
r,
i.)1.. L.L.. ,':3 I'C). ).:t(l'C 1,.3t?/ T. I •.
r11 1I?IfJt.!`,C.. >0 I I t:a r
I r;' Irl ' +
L:1 L'Y I r1'Y'I t11 I ur C, A r. + ! I I:.'i 1"O'i'r°tL.. i i +I S. (
YL ! ....... ty'
iii',l i C>C)(It f a: > ,'.•' C; t_
L.!L..L..I:::c, c r'.'s 1 !r?! ;'Y IA f`.?
1;,-(
tr",T).:,. r,itTl I'•f.f.,l (.1-'
r..r..+ t.a:. ' r
r l ttt<l>tL :
ti; ,
FI tt,: t•,. {t
1
I
r.,
f1 l
k::
f):. : , ,/O? II Ur't
i(, t•
J
l(. .
1Fr..
f 1 ;n! +'nr:
r(
O(,; 8 (> I IS.;.
r, I:r1l:
ilrtt
r;:. +
I/r"i , z f `.•t UtV
w -
LUtt++,,'t rrftt MC1GS. 1. r! p
67
5 01 2 Al I >`.,:lJa//3::.:../A...'.
D.
l''I:(,Itr",,rl.Jl,i.l, ::.(" . ,( i i..l<:r1`,I;:
I Ita:l d•T hir1l'11.: : QQ // l !(:)'Y 1::: 'T (:) I
i +.:i...I VT hlta c l i.)t +n Y f iF Y/r^l l 1] CAl i t ,i• I n l l t +1;1 Y r) 1 it) I I I' r I.I'I!: L.a
F'nYi ik:.fd T' I'f(lY-. ILL..;.>l.!L.. (, T1 1 r.t.itll. L.:.i nC;'TI.., I r y I oI•;; I:;:,Yi .(.1.31.:1"
FUD14, L::I:I°lr"iIll
r.:L...` ;A 'L.:! C(; I'1nl I/1F.,C..1I+..I l'i:. r.:,.I'I) 1. 1 r
T'I IA ( 1 I I
Sr 1 , Pt h171; I IhI.t)fi:l I Ir:il.11•Y tlrriI
I al..!nT i ilasiti ?
l'•I it l.:i I IT' (,, r..t+
i:. ry r ' 1 'i:i P `"•t:)! a` nll
r^,I clJ, nI)' 1:1: ` L )J 'T'i dit'i" n! IY I L r:.l 1'Y `, r tl Y I ILA (:)F: C?UJi TO nl 'i 'i:i:P l flit (
nl..(.a.1L..(1 Y Kil 1. of:; n+ IY ` C,)1 f i I! r^r(r')Vi•.. I'll 1 ! T .I: r ii 11 .t) I:I !! 't"t': T' !::'fia.: : tYli..1: 1 )'i" I xl,.f(-I-
c+l I) )+Y i I 1 I:i(i r'1 U+L L'Y' Y I .I •I I i (ll il: >7 W I i 1 I I! I b'? r r11 1:1 IY1nl; r`E, t11 rll!,:: Fri (I.LUIII is
r.LCailnTl.11 l A)nYl 6.-,i0UF: I;+C IlriT'. I nT'I ! rlinll t:'I:Cf l".I,I .L(:'nTl:
OIt I,I UIi i ila<:3 r
I''11i::I:::Y
rl li MCI C)tl l i i .r'I+ l IY'f C1F' r F1i t (iJ.. M1 Y 1 ni,i( I)I V1 i (ii I*IF,I lY (riltil RUL.L..t., r., 0V F;hil 14(
3 nl !"'I: of `.> 11nY Irl . f':i C, kl .1) llti I ilil "fI..1!i:. I I nhl
Ir'iF:l L..IYI+..alTnr;i01.] 0 F, r ItJ.:1.01. r^1 I'+!I T.)FT., l err,'• '' ', I
h.Jt.!I C, Itl.: I'°ir,rj,
f'(:i `>!i lrl I I Ira! I . C,r.) 1! I (Y Of: C', I. "f''r' r;il:: ':.;nl..I!:: CIF:11 :? ltta I I I) !.i It, 1)F F,
Al T1'11 1 I1' 1'JA?..I. Tnr-11: r"r'P L:.
I.•..f i''n'r'I'll l 1.1 'T' ;:;!..
Iril.11 C; I3+: I' ( r i I! f..lf (!! I'IrJI li: `r { I(+:C I I AflI: tat rll I I D A I lG F 1
I 'i`'I:I: .1*!ul l)'I .L,; ` `31 n i i::'1'+l..i I'I' r 1 1 1 Y f1T F !'I! 1
IY i cr' 11O ;l' I:I n It111.L..C) i i l+, t}:!:C'TI-I.I.II /:,t.> (:'nl...{a.
11i)(,I1 hr1Y:, riF, ii+I::: •ICI I I::'.T.v 11(, j :K DETAIL._ 0F Cf LCULATIO.N AVAILABLE t.
JPClN REQUEC T. C AL.L' 407--665-7 s5,S.
P-
r
Subsurface Soil Exploration and
Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation
Proposed Blue Bell Facility
Aero Industrial Park
Sanford, Seminole County, Florida
Ardaman & Associates, Inc.
I
Subsurface Soil Exploration and
Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation
Proposed Blue Bell Facility -
Aero Industrial Park
Sanford, Seminole County, Florida -
ti
Ardaman & Associates, Inc.
OFFICES '
Orlando, 8008:S. Orange Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32809, Phone (407) 855-3860
Bartow, 1525 Centennial Drive, Bartow, Florida 33830, Phone (863) 533-0858 _
r
Cocoa, 1300 N. Cocoa Blvd., Cocoa, Florida 32922, Phone (321) 632-2503
Fort Lauderdale, 3665 Park Central Boulevard North, Pompano Beach, Florida 33064, Phone (954) 969-8788
Fort Myers, 9970 Bavaria Road, Fort Myers, Florida 33913, Phone (941) 768-6600
Miami, 2608 W. 84th Street, Hialeah, Florida 33016, Phone (305) 825-2683
Port Charlotte, 740 Tamiami Trail, Unit 3, Port Charlotte, Florida 33954,.Phone (941) 624-3393 -
Port St. Lucie, 1017 S.E. Holbrook Ct., Port St. Lucie, Florida 34952, Phone (561) 337-1200
Sarasota, 2500 Bee Ridge Road, Sarasota, Florida 34239, Phone (941) 922-3526
Tallahassee, 3175 West Tharpe Street, Tallahassee, Florida 32303, Phone (850) 576-6131
Tampa, 3925 Coconut'Palm Drive, Suite 115, Tampa, Florida 33619, Phone (813) 620-3389
West Palm Beach, 2511 Westgate Avenue, Suite 10, West Palm Beach, Florida 33409, Phone (561) 687-8200
MEMBERS:
A.S.F.E.
American Concrete Institute
American Society for Testing and Materials
Florida Institute of Consulting Engineers
Ardaman & Associates, Inc.
Geotechnical, Environmental and
Materials Consultants April 25, 2002
File No. 02-6384
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management
1101 South Horton - -
Brenham, Texas 77833
Attention: Mr. Steve Davis
Subject: Subsurface Soil Exploration and
Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation
Proposed Blue Bell Facility
Aero Industrial Park '
Sanford, Seminole County, Florida
Gentlemen:
As requested and authorized by you, we have completed a shallow subsurface soil exploration for
the subject project. The purposes of performing this exploration were to evaluate the general
subsurface conditions within the building area and to provide recommendations for site preparation
and foundation support. We understand that your standard pavement section will be implemented.
The parking/drive areas were explored for informational purposes. In addition, we have estimated
the normal seasonal high groundwater level at the boring locations. This report documents our
findings and presents our engineering recommendations.
SITE LOCATION AND SITE DESCRIPTION
The site for the proposed development is located to the south of S.R. 46 and on the west side of
Meisch Road in Seminole County, Florida (Section 27, Township 19 South, Range 30 East). The
general site location is shown superimposed on the Sanford, Florida, U.S.G.S. quadrangle map
presented on Figure 1. -
The site is currently heavily covered with palmetto vegetation.
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION AND GRADING
It is our understanding that the proposed development includes a 1-story building structure
approximately 12,000 square feet in area. The proposed building will consist of load bearing
masonry walls and interior columns with slab -on -grade floors. For the purposes of our analysis,
we have assumed the maximum loading conditions for the structure to be on the order of 6 kips
per lineal foot for wall foundations, 80 kips for individual column foundations, and 250 pounds per
square foot (psf) for slab -on -grade floors. Grading plans are not complete at this time, therefore
we have assumed that 0 to 2 feet of fill is required to raise the building and parking/drive areas to
final elevations. If actual building loads or'fill height exceed our assumptions, then the
recommendations in this report may not be valid. `
8008 S. Orange Avenue (32809), Post Office Box 593003, Orlando, Florida 32859-3003 Phone (407) 855-3860 FAX (407) 859-8121
Offices in: Bartow, Cocoa, Fort Lauderdale, Fort Myers, Miami, Orlando, Port Charlotte, Port St. Lucie, Sarasota; Tallahassee, Tampa, W. Palm Beach
Blue Bell Creameries -Facilities Management
File No. 02-6384 -2-
REVIEW OF SOIL SURVEY MAPS
Based on the 1990 Soil Survey for Seminole County, Florida, as prepared by the U.S. Department
of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, the site is located in an area mapped as the "EauGallie
and Immokalee fine sand" soil series. The ='EauGallie and Immokalee fine sand" soil series
consists of nearly level soils on broad plains on the flatwoods. The soils consist of various colored
fine sand to about 54 inches. Underlying soils consist of fine sand and a sandy loam to about 80
inches. According to the Soil Survey, the seasonal high water table is typically within 12 inches of
the natural ground surface for 1 to 4 months during most years.
FIELD EXPLORATION PROGRAM
SPT and Auger Borings
The field exploration program included performing 3 Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings and
4 auger borings. The SPT borings were performed within the proposed "footprint" of the building.
The SPT borings were advanced to a depth of 35 feet below the ground surface using the
methodology outlined in ASTM D-1586. A summary of this field procedure is included in the
Appendix. Split -spoon soil samples recovered during performance of the borings were visually
classified in the field and representative portions of the samples were transported to our laboratory
in sealed sample jars.
The auger borings were performed in the proposed parking/drive area. They were drilled using a
truck -mounted, 4-inch diameter, continuous flight auger to a depth of 10 feet below the ground
surface. A summary of this field procedure is included in the Appendix. Representative soil
samples were recovered from the auger borings and transported to our laboratory for further
analysis.
The groundwater level at each of the boring locations was measured upon completion of drilling.
The borings were then backfilled with soil cuttings.
Test Locations
The locations of the borings are schematically illustrated on a boring location plan shown on
Figure 1. These locations were determined in the field by estimation from existing property
boundaries/site features and other points of reference, and should be considered accurate only to
the degree implied by the method used.
LABORATORY PROGRAM
Representative soil samples obtained during our field sampling operation were packaged and
transferred to our laboratory for further visual examination and classification. The soil samples
were visually classified in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM
D-2488). The resulting soil descriptions are shown on the soil boring profiles presented on
Figure 1.
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities. Management
File No. 02-6384 -3-
GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
General Soil Profile
The results of the field exploration and laboratory programs are graphically summarized on the soil
boring profiles presented on Figure 1. The stratification of. the boring profiles represents our
interpretation of the field boring logs and the results of laboratory examinations of the recovered
samples. The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary between soil types. The
actual transitions may be more gradual than implied.
The SPT borings typically encountered an organic topsoil underlain by loose to medium dense fine
sand (SP), fine sand with silt (SP-SM), silty fine sand (SM), and clayey fine sand (SC) to
approximately 10 feet. Underlying soils consisted of very loose to very dense silty fine sand (SM),
clayey fine sand (SC), and fine sand (SP) to the boring termination depths.
The auger borings typically encountered an organic topsoil layer underlain by fine sand with varying
amounts of silt and/or clay to the boring termination depths.
The above soil profile is outlined in general terms only. Please refer to Figure 1 for soil profile
details.
Groundwater Level
The groundwater level was measured in the boreholes on the day drilled after stabilization of the
downhole water level. As shown on Figure 1, groundwater was encountered at an approximate
depth of 2%= feet below the existing ground surface on the dates indicated. Fluctuations in
groundwater levels should be anticipated throughout the year primarily due to seasonal variations
in rainfall and other factors that may vary from the time the borings were conducted.
NORMAL SEASONAL HIGH GROUNDWATER LEVEL
The normal seasonal high groundwater level each year is the level in the August -September period
at the end of the rainy season during a year of normal (average) rainfall. The water table
elevations associated with a flood would be much higher than the normal seasonal high
groundwater level. The normal high water levels -would more approximate the normal seasonal
high groundwater levels.
The seasonal high groundwater level is affected by a number of factors. The drainage
characteristics of the soils, the land surface elevation, relief points such as drainage ditches, lakes,
rivers, etc., and distance to relief points are some of the more important factors influencing the
seasonal high groundwater level.
Based on our interpretation of the site conditions using our boring logs, we estimate the normal
seasonal high groundwater level at the boring locations to be approximately 2 feet above the
groundwater levels measured at the time of our field exploration.
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management
File No. 02-6384 -4-
ENGINEERING EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
General
The results of our exploration indicate that, with proper site preparation as recommended in this
report, the existing soils are suitable for supporting the proposed building on conventional shallow
foundations. Spread footings should provide an adequate support system for the structure.
The following are our recommendations for overall site preparation and foundation support which
we feel best suited for the proposed facility and existing soil conditions. The recommendations are
made as a guide for the design engineer and/or architect, parts of which should be incorporated
into the project's specifications.
Stripping and Grubbing
The "footprint" of the proposed building and the parking/drive area, plus a minimum margin of five
feet, should be stripped of all surface vegetation, stumps, debris, organic topsoil or other
deleterious materials, as encountered. Specifically, the organic topsoil as encountered in the
borings to a depth of YZ foot should be stripped. Buried utilities should be removed or plugged to
eliminate conduits into which surrounding soils could erode.
After stripping, the site should be grubbed or root -raked such that roots with a diameter greater
than Yz inch, stumps, or small roots in a dense state, are completely removed. The actual depth(s)
of stripping and grubbing must be determined by visual observation and judgment during the
earthwork operation.
Proof -rolling
We recommend proof -rolling the cleared surface to locate any unforeseen soft areas or unsuitable
surface or near -surface soils, to increase the density of the soils within the top 3 to 4 feet, and to
prepare the existing surface for the addition of'the fill soils (as required). Proof -rolling of the
building area should consist of at least 10 passes with compaction equipment capable of achieving
the required compaction criteria as specified below. Each pass should overlap the preceding pass
by 30 percent to achieve complete coverage. If deemed necessary, in areas that continue to
yield", remove all deleterious material and replace with clean, compacted sand backfill. The proof -
rolling should occur after cutting and before filling. The number of passes can be reduced to 3
within the proposed parking/drive area.
A density equivalent to or greater than 95 percent of the modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557)
maximum dry density value for a depth of 2 feet in the building area and 1 foot in the parking area
must be achieved beneath the stripped and grubbed ground surface. Additional passes and/or
overexcavation and recompaction may be required if these minimum density requirements are not
achieved. The soil moisture should be adjusted as necessary during compaction.
Proof -rolling with compaction equipment may cause upward movement or "pumping" of the
groundwater. However, we recommend that the existing surface be level and firm prior to the
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management
File No. 02-6384 -5-
addition of fill soils. Proof -rolling with a front-end loader may help achieve the desired surface and
compaction condition before adding the fill soils. The site should be dewatered as necessary.
Depending on the time of year, a 12- to 18-inch layer of clean fine sand (SP) fill material may be
required prior to proof -rolling.
Due to close proximity to surrounding building structures heavy vibratory compaction equipment
should not be used as damage to the nearby structure can occur as a result of this method.
Care should be exercised to avoid damaging any neighboring structures while the compaction
operation is underway. Prior to commencing compaction, occupants of adjacent structures should
be notified and the existing condition (i.e. cracks) of the structures documented with photographs
and survey (if deemed necessary). Compaction should cease if deemed detrimental to adjacent
structures and Ardaman & Associates notified immediately.
Suitable Fill Material and the Compaction of Fill Soils
All fill materials should be free of organic materials, such as.roots and vegetation. We recommend
using fill with up to 12 percent by dry weight of material passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve
size. The fine sand and fine sand with silt (Strata No. 1 and 2 without roots, as shown on Figure
1) are suitable as fill materials and, with proper moisture control, should density using conventional
compaction methods. Soils with more than 12 percent passing the No. 200 sieve will be more
difficult to compact due to their inherent nature to. retain soil moisture.
All structural fill should be placed in level lifts not to exceed 12 inches in uncompacted thickness.
Each lift should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557)
maximum dry density value. The filling and compaction operations should continue in lifts until the
desired elevation(s) is achieved. If hand-held compaction equipment is used, the lift thickness
should be reduced to 6 inches.
We recommend using free -draining (Le; permeable) fill beneath concrete pavements.
Foundation Support by Spread Footings and Foundation Compaction Criteria
Excavate the foundations to the proposed bottom of footing elevations and, thereafter, verify the
in -place compaction for a depth of 2 feet below the footing bottoms. If necessary, compact the
soils at the bottom of the excavations to at least 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry
density (ASTM D-1557) for a depth of 2 feet below the footing bottoms. Based on the existing soil
conditions and, assuming the above outlined proof -rolling and compaction criteria is implemented,
an allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf) may be used in the
foundation design. This bearing pressure should result in foundation settlement within tolerable
limits (i.e., 1 inch or less).
All foundations should be a minimum of 26 inches wide. A minimum soil cover of 24 inches should
be maintained from the bottom of the foundations to the adjacent finished grades.
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management
File No. 02-6384 -6-
Floor Slab Vapor Barrier and Slab Compaction Requirements
Compaction beneath all floor slabs should be verified for a depth of 12 inches and meet the 95
percent criteria (modified Proctor, ASTM D-1557).
Precautions should be taken during the slab construction to minimize moisture entry from the
underlying subgrade soils. This can be achieved through the installation of an impervious
membrane (vapor barrier) between the subgrade soils and floor slab. A polyethylene film is
commonly used for this purpose. Care should be exercised when placing the reinforcing steel (or
mesh) and slab concrete such that the membrane is not punctured.
If interior columns are isolated from the floor slab, an expansion joint should be provided around
the columns and sealed with a water -proof sealant.
Dewatering
Based on the groundwater conditions encountered, the control of the groundwater may be required
to achieve the necessary stripping and subsequent construction, backfilling, and compaction
requirements presented in the preceding sections. The actual method(s) of dewatering should be
determined by the contractor. However, regardless of the method(s) used, we suggest drawing
down the water table sufficiently, say 2 to 3 feet, below the bottom of any excavation or compaction
surface to preclude "pumping" and/or compaction -related problems with the foundation soils.
Dewatering should be accomplished with the knowledge that the permeability of soil decreases with
an increasing silt and clay content. Therefore, a silty fine sand is less permeable than a fine sand.
The SP, SP-SM, and some SM type soils can usually be dewatered by well pointing or ditch/sump
methods.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
We recommend establishing a comprehensive quality assurance program to verify that all site
preparation and foundation construction is conducted in accordance with the appropriate plans and
specifications. Materials testing and inspection services should be provided by Ardaman &
Associates.
As a minimum, an on -site engineering technician should monitor all stripping and grubbing to verify
that all deleterious materials have been removed and should observe the proof -rolling operation
to,verify that the appropriate number of passes are applied to the subgrade. In -situ density tests
should be conducted during filling activities and below all footings and floor slabs to verify that the
required densities have been achieved. In -situ density values should be compared to laboratory
Proctor moisture -density results for each of the different natural and fill soils encountered.
Finally, we recommend inspecting and testing the construction materials for the foundations and
other structural components.
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management
File No. 02-6384 -7-
IN-PLACE DENSITY TESTING FREQUENCY
In Central Florida, earthwork testing is typically performed on an on -call basis when the contractor
has completed a portion of the work. The test result from a specific location is only representative
of a larger area if the contractor has used consistent means and methods and the soils are
practically uniform throughout. The frequency of testing can be increased and full-time construction
inspection can be provided to account for variations. We recommend that the following minimum
testing frequencies be utilized.
In proposed structural areas, the minimum frequency of in -place density testing should be reduced
to one test for each 2,500 square feet of structural area. In -place density testing should be
performed at this minimum frequency for a depth of 2 feet below natural ground and for every 1-
foot lift of fill placed in the structural area. In addition, density tests should be performed. in each
column footing for a depth of 2 feet below the bearing surface. For continuous or wall footings,
density tests should be performed at a minimum frequency of one test for every 50 lineal feet of
footing, and for a depth of 2 feet below the bearing surface.
Representative samples of the various natural ground and fill soils, as well as stabilized subgrade
where applicable) and -base materials should be obtained and transported to our laboratory for
Proctor compaction tests. These tests will determine the maximum dry density and optimum
moisture content for the materials tested and will be used in conjunction with the results of the in -
place density tests to determine the degree of compaction achieved.
CLOSURE
The`analyses and recommendations submitted herein are based on the data obtained from the soil
borings presented on Figure 1 and the assumed loading conditions. This report does not reflect
any variations which may occur adjacent to or between the borings. The nature and extent of the
variations between the borings may not become evident until during construction. If variations then
appear evident, it will be necessary to re-evaluate the recommendations presented in this report
after performing on -site observations during the construction period and noting the characteristics
of the variations.
This study is based on a relatively shallow exploration and is not intended to be an evaluation for
sinkhole potential. This study does not include an evaluation, of the environmental (ecological or
hazardous/toxic material related) condition of the site and subsurface.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Blue Bell Creameries in accordance with
generally accepted soil and foundation engineering practices. No other warranty, expressed or
implied, is made. In the event any changes occur in the design, nature, or location of the proposed
facility, we should review the applicability of conclusions and recommendations in this report. We
recommend a general review of final design and specifications by our office to verify that earthwork
and foundation recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented in the design
specifications. Ardaman and Associates should attend the pre -bid and preconstruction meetings
to verify that the bidders/contractor understand the recommendations contained in this report.
Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management
File No. 02-6384 -$-
i
I
We are pleased to be of assistance to you on'this phase of the project. When we may be of further
service to you or should you have any questions, please contact us.
titltil
Very truly yours,
ARDAMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
9
Jason A. Alligood, E.I. _ 6arfasHd.-Cu'.ningh2AssistantProjectEngineerDivisionManaer,
Florida Registration No.,
JAA/CHC/ks/ksb
02-6W sse 6 peempd (2002 Goo)
I
APPENDIX
Standard Penetration Test and Auger Boring Procedures
STANDARD PENETRATION TEST
The standard penetration test is a widely accepted test method of in situ testing of foundation soils
ASTM D 1586). A 2-foot long, 2-inch O.D. split -barrel sampler attached to the end of a string of
drilling rods is driven 18 inches into the ground by successive blows of a 140-pound hammer freely
dropping 30 inches. The number of blows needed for each 6 inches of penetration is recorded.
The sum of the blows required for penetration of the second and third 6-inch increments of
penetration constitutes the test result or N-value. After the test, the sampler is extracted from the
ground and opened to allow visual examination'and classification of the retained soil sample. The
N-value has been empirically correlated with various soil properties allowing a conservative
estimate of the behavior of soils under load.
The tests are usually performed at 5-foot intervals. However, more frequent or continuous testing
is done by our firm through depths where a more accurate definition of the soils is required. The
test holes are advanced to the test elevations by rotary drilling with a cutting bit, using circulating
fluid to remove the cuttings and hold the fine grains in suspension. The circulating fluid, which is
a bentonitic drilling mud, is also used to keep the hole open below the water table by maintaining
an excess hydrostatic pressure inside the hole. In some soil deposits, particularly highly pervious
ones, NX-size flush -coupled casing must be driven to just above the testing depth to keep the hole
open and/or prevent the loss of circulating fluid.
Representative split -spoon samples from the soils at every 5 feet of drilled depth and from every
different stratum are brought to our laboratory in air -tight jars for further evaluation and testing, if
necessary. Samples not used in testing are stored for 30 days prior to being discarded. After
completion of a test boring, the hole is kept open until a steady state groundwater level is recorded.
The hole is then sealed, if necessary, and backfilled.
AUGER BORINGS
Auger borings are used when a relatively large, continuous sampling of soil strata close to ground
surface is desired. A 4-inch diameter, continuous Hite, helical auger with a cutting head at its end
is screwed into the ground in 5-foot sections. It is powered by the rotating action of the Kelly bar
of a rotary drill rig. The sample is recovered by withdrawing the auger out of the ground without
rotating it. The soil sample so obtained, is classified and representative samples put in bags or jars
and brought back to the laboratory for classification testing.